The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPROJECT PLAN SECTION 00 0105 — CERTIFICATIONS PAGE 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER LINTEL REPAIR — WATERLOO, IOWA- ISG NO. 19-23187 I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct ,� supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed :-�¢oFtssion,,y4Niti Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa. LNATHANIELJa ,t 10-03-2019 COMPTON i ( Nathaniel J. Compton, AIA Date / 07016 License No.: 07016 Date Issued: 12-08-2014 4.1.* ,.s...,.,............7 lir,/ 44,thk iowIs, ..4. My License Renewal Date is June 30, 2020 "••1/4` � Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01, 03 - 14. C 2 a LU I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission described below was prepared by me or under my direct Li �o,,StWillfttiolf, supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed ,�,.��QR°FESS/p�'',,,�, Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa. f : . soNE :r • ) Date 3 • HOEHN • z = Jar` n E. Hoehn, P. rn = s 16140 ; License No.: 16140 Date Issued: 03-27-2002 • .OWP 1��,.�``- My License Renewal Date is December 31, 2019 +f,ff,,t,x0 Sections covered by this seal: Division 00, 01, 03 - 06. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 0105 - Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 0105- Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 DIVISION 00 -- PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS A. 00 0000 - Project Manual Cover B. 00 0105 - Certifications Page C. 00 0110 -Table of Contents D. 00 1113 - Notice of Public Letting E. 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders F. 00 3113 - Bidding and Construction Schedule G. 00 4100- Bid Form 1. Attachment-- Bidder Status Form H. 00 7200- General Conditions 1. Attachment--AIA Document A201, 2017 Edition I. 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions SPECIFICATIONS 2.01 DIVISION 01 -- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. 01 2000 - Price and Payment Procedures B. 01 3000-Administrative Requirements 1. Attachment-- Shop Drawing Submittal Form 2. Attachment-- Requirements for Electronically Submitted Shop Drawings 0,1 C. 01 3510- Structural Testing and Special Inspection 1. Attachment-- Structural Testing and Special Inspection Program Summary Schedule D. 01 4000 - Quality Requirements E. 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls F. 01 6000 - Product RequirementsLLJ 1. Attachment-- Substitution Request Form v,� G. 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements H. 01 7800- Closeout Submittals 2.02 DIVISION 02 -- EXISTING CONDITIONS 2.03 DIVISION 03-- CONCRETE 2.04 DIVISION 04-- MASONRY A. 04 0100 - Maintenance of Masonry B. 04 0511 - Masonry Mortaring and Grouting C. 04 2000 - Unit Masonry Assemblies 2.05 DIVISION 05-- METALS A. 05 5000- Metal Fabrications 2.06 DIVISION 06--WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 2.07 DIVISION 07--THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION A. 07 9200 -Joint Sealants 2.08 DIVISION 08 -- OPENINGS 2.09 DIVISION 09 -- FINISHES A. 09 9113 - Exterior Painting 2.10 DIVISION 10 -- SPECIALTIES Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 0110 - Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 2.11 DIVISION 11 -- EQUIPMENT 2.12 DIVISION 12 -- FURNISHINGS 2.13 DIVISION 13 -- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 2.14 DIVISION 14-- CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 2.15 DIVISION 21 -- FIRE SUPPRESSION 2.16 DIVISION 22 -- PLUMBING 2.17 DIVISION 23-- HEATING, VENTILATING,AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 2.18 DIVISION 26-- ELECTRICAL 2.19 DIVISION 27-- COMMUNICATIONS 2.20 DIVISION 28-- ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 2.21 DIVISION 31 -- EARTHWORK 2.22 DIVISION 32 -- EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 2.23 DIVISION 33-- UTILITIES END OF SECTION cer- Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 0110- Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 00 1113 NOTICE OF PUBLIC LETTING NOTICE OF BID LETTING FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER LINTEL REPAIR FOR THE CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA, AND THE TAKING OF BIDS FOR SUCH CONSTRUCTION. Notice is hereby given that the City Council of Waterloo, Iowa, will receive bids at the office of the City Clerk in said City until the 31st day of October, 2019 at 1:00 p.m., for the construction of the 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center Lintel Repair For The City of Waterloo, Iowa in and for said City. Bids shall be submitted to Greg Ahlehelm, Waterloo Building Department, 2nd Floor, 715 Mulberry Street, Waterloo, Iowa, 50703. Bids will be publicly opened and tabulated on said day and hour, and will then be acted on by the City Council at their meeting on the 4th day of November, 2019 at 6:00 p.m. for their consideration and action. Project Scope: Selective demolition, lintel repair, and related Work indicated in the drawings and specifications. A prebid conference will be held on site on the 24th day of October, 2019 at 1:00 p.m., to review building and site conditions. Meet at 5 Sullivan Brothers, 200 West 4th Street, Waterloo, Iowa, meet at the South Side Entrance. A more detailed description of the kinds and approximate quantities of materials and types of construction for which bids will be received are set forth in the Bidding Documents prepared by ISG, of Des Moines, Iowa, which, together with the proposed form of contract, have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are now on file for public examination at the office of the °' City Clerk, and are by this reference made part hereof as though fully set out and incorporated herein. 0 All sealed bids in connection therewith shall be submitted to the City Clerk on or before the time herein set for letting. All proposals shall be made on official proposal forms furnished by the Architect/Engineer, and must be enclosed in a separate sealed envelope and plainly identified and addressed to the City of Waterloo, Iowa. If a bid is to be mailed, the bid envelope shall be sealed CO in a regular mailing envelope. FAX and E-mail Bids will not be accepted. The Owner reserves ; the right to reject any or all bids and to waive informalities and to hold and consider the bids for 45 days after the date of the bid opening. The contract will be awarded to the lowest, responsive, responsible bidder. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond, certified check, cashier's check or certified share draft in a separate sealed envelope, clearly marked "Bid Bond" or Bid Security", in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total amount of the proposal. The certified or cashier's check shall be drawn on a bank in Iowa or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States of America or the certified share draft shall be drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States and payable to the City. Said check or share draft may be cashed, or the bid bond forfeited as liquidated damages in the event the successful bidder fails or refuses to enter into a contract within ten (10) days of issuance of a Notice of Award and post bond satisfactory to the City insuring the faithful fulfillment of the contract and maintenance of said improvements as required by law. The bid bond should be executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, and must not contain any conditions either in the body or as an endorsement thereon. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a corporate surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained, the payment for materials used in the project and the maintenance of said improvements in good repair for not less than one (1) year from the time of acceptance of said improvements by the City. NPH-1 Payment of the cost of said project will be made from such cash funds of the City as may be legally used for said purpose at the discretion of the City. The Contractor will be paid ninety-five per cent (95%) of the Architect's/Engineer's estimate of the value of acceptable work completed at the end of the preceding month. Final payment will be made not less than thirty-one (31) days after completion of the work and acceptance by the City, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa. No such final payment will be due until the Contractor certifies to the City that the materials, labor, and services involved in the final estimate have been paid for in accordance with the requirements stated in the specifications. The City of Waterloo is exempt from paying Sales and Use Tax and will supply Contractor with an "Iowa Sales Tax Exemption Certificate" and an authorization letter to allow the Contractor to buy equipment and material for the project without paying Sales and Use tax. The work on this project shall commence within ten (10) days after receipt by the contractor of a written notice to proceed, and shall be substantially completed on or before the 20th day of December, 2019, subject to any changes in the contract period as provided for in these specifications, and granted by the City Council. The Work on this project shall be finally completed by, and ready for final payment, on or before the 20th day of December, 2019, subject to any changes in the contract period as provided for in these specifications, and granted by the City Council. By virtue of statutory authority, a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa. In accordance with Iowa statutes, a resident bidder shall be allowed a preference as against a nonresident bidder from a state or foreign country if that state or foreign country gives or requires any preference to bidders from that state or foreign country, including but not limited to any preference to bidders, the imposition of any type of labor force preference, or any other form of preferential treatment to bidders or laborers from that state or foreign country. The preference allowed shall be equal to the preference given or required by the state or foreign country in which the nonresident bidder is a resident. In the instance of a resident labor force preference, a nonresident bidder shall apply the same resident labor force preference to a public improvement in this state as would be required in the construction of a public improvement by the state or foreign country in which the nonresident bidder is a resident. Failure to submit a fully completed Bidder Status Form with the bid may result in the bid being deemed nonresponsive and rejected. Plans and specifications governing the construction of the proposed improvements have been prepared by the Architect/Engineer. These plans and specifications, and the proceedings of the City Council referring to and defining said improvements, are hereby made a part of this Notice and the proposed contract by reference, and the proposed contract shall be executed to comply therewith. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of contract are now on file in the office of the City Clerk, for examination by bidders. Copies may also be obtained from Rapids Reproductions, by logging on to Rapidsrepro.com/planroom or calling 1-800-383-1223, upon deposit of one-hundred dollars ($100.00) which shall be refunded if plans and specifications are returned to Architect/Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days following award of project. If the plans and specifications are not returned within the allotted time and in a reusable condition, the deposit shall be forfeited. Please call ahead to make sure that bidding documents are ready to pick up when you arrive. Drawings, specifications, and other Bidding Documents may also be obtained online at www.questcdn.com. If you do not already have a free membership, you may sign up for one to NPH-2 gain access to the documents. The QuestCDN eBidDoc number is 6528886. There is no fee to access a pdf copy of the documents online. Documents are viewable at both www.questcdn.com and www.is-grp.com free of charge. Any bidder or equipment supplier whose firm or affiliate is listed in the GSA publication "List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non-procurement Programs" will be prohibited from the bidding process. Anyone submitting a bid who is listed in this publication will be determined to be a non-responsive bidder in accordance with 40 CFR Part 31. Published upon order of the City of Waterloo, Iowa. CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA BY/s/ Mayor ATTEST: BY/s/ City Clerk 0) Q N m CD LJ w U) NPH-3 • tam ism Immo /mar romp tom . *66 ir•mor two Immo be. tome NPH-4 SECTION 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUMMARY 1.01 DOCUMENT INCLUDES A. Advertisement 1. Bid Submission 2. Contract Time B. Bid Documents and Contract Documents 1. Definitions 2. Contract Documents Identification 3. Availability 4. Examination 5. Creating a level bidding environment 6. Inquiries/Addenda 7. Product/Assembly/System Substitutions C. Site Assessment 1. Site Examination 2. Prebid Conference D. Qualifications 1. Subcontractors/Suppliers/Others E. Bid Submission 1. Submission Procedure 2. Bid Ineligibility F. Bid Enclosures/Requirements 1. Security Deposit TS 2. Performance Assurance 3. Bid Form Requirements 4. Bid Form Signature 5. Additional Bid Information 6. Permits and Fees G. Offer Acceptance/Rejection cip 1. Duration of Offer 2. Acceptance of Offer 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Document 00 7300 -Supplementary Conditions: ADVERTISEMENT 2.01 BID SUBMISSION A. Refer to Section 00 1113 for bid submission information. B. Offers submitted after the time indicated in Section 00 1113 shall be returned to the bidder unopened. C. Offers will be opened immediately after the time for receipt of bids as indicated in Section 00 1113. 2.02 CONTRACT TIME A. Perform the Work within the time stated in Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions. BID DOCUMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.01 DEFINITIONS A. Bid Documents: Contract Documents supplemented with Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form Bid securities identified. B. Contract Documents: Defined in AIA A201 Article 1 including issued Addenda. C. Bid, Offer, or Bidding: Act of submitting an offer under seal. Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 2113 - Page 1 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair D. Bid Amount: Monetary sum identified by the Bidder in the Bid Form. 3.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IDENTIFICATION A. The Contract Documents are identified as Project Number 19-23187 with contents as identified in the Table of Contents of the drawings and specifications. 3.03 AVAILABILITY A. Contractors and suppliers that purchase plans from QuestCDN will be added to the Plan Holders List. Purchasing the construction documents from QuestCDN will entitle you to all addenda and updates prior to the project bid date. 1. Contractors and suppliers who access the plans from a builder exchange or from another plan holder will not be added to the Plan Holders List. They will be responsible for periodically checking back with their original plan source for any addenda that may have been issued. 2. Contractors and suppliers who access the plans from a builders exchange or from another plan holder may receive an e-mailed copy of the current Plan Holders List, but only at a maximum of once a week. Plan holders lists may be viewed and obtained on the QuestCDN website free of charge. 3. Plan holders who download plans from QuestCDN will receive addenda notifications from the QuestCDN web site via email. They will be responsible for downloading addenda from the QuestCDN web site and they will not receive mailed or e-mailed copies of the addenda. B. Documents are viewable at both www.questcdn.com and www.is-grp.com free of charge. C. Bid Documents are made available only for the purpose of obtaining offers for this project. Their use does not grant a license for other purposes. 3.04 EXAMINATION A. The following builder exchanges have been notified of plan availability. It is at the sole discretion of each exchange to acquire the plans and make available to bidders. a 1. Minnesota Exchanges a. Albert Lea Builders Exchange �.. b. Austin Builders Exchange c. Duluth Builders Exchange `" d. Hibbing Builders Exchange L e. iSqFt&AGC of MN Planroom Partnership f. Mankato Builders Exchange g. Minneapolis Builders Exchange h. Builders Exchange of Rochester i. St. Cloud Builders Exchange j. St. Paul Builders Exchange k. South Central Builders Exchange I. Southwest Builders Exchange m. Willmar Builders Exchange (Mid Minnesota) 2. Iowa Exchanges a. North Iowa Builders Exchange b. Master Builders of Iowa 3. Wisconsin Exchanges a. La Crosse Builders Exchange b. Milwaukee Builders Exchange c. Wausau Builders Exchange d. Fox Valley Plan Room e. Builders Exchange of Wisconsin f. Northwest Regional Builders Exchange g. AGC of Greater Milwaukee Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 2113 - Page 2 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 4. North Dakota a. Bismarck-Mandan Builders Exchange b. Fargo-Moorhead Builders Exchange c. Grand Forks Builders Exchange d. Minot Builders Exchange e. Williston Builders Exchange 5. South Dakota a. Aberdeen Builders Exchange b. Plains Builders Exchange (Sioux Falls) c. Sioux Falls Builders Exchange 6. Nebraska a. Omaha Builders Exchange b. Lincoln Builders 7. National a. Reed Construction Data b. McGraw Hill Construction Plan Room c. MEDA Minority Contractors Plan Room d. NAMC (National Association of Minority Contractors) e. Bidclerk B. Upon receipt of Bid Documents verify that documents are complete. Notify Architect should the documents be incomplete. C. Immediately notify Architect upon finding discrepancies or omissions in the Bid Documents. 3.05 CREATING A LEVEL BIDDING ENVIRONMENT A. Drawings and specifications are complementary and do not create a hierarchy. o B. By submitting a bid, bidders agree that they have reviewed, in detail, all documents issued for bidding purposes. C. The following will not entitle a contractor to a change order increasing the overall project cost after the project has been awarded: 1. Selectively choosing less significant content from the drawings or specifications where ` conflicting information is evident. 2. Disregarding content that only appears in one part of the Bidding Documents. D. A written request for clarification during the bidding process will result in an addendum being issued to resolve such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Bidding Documents therefore creating a level bidding environment for all bidders. 3.06 INQUIRIES/ADDENDA A. Direct questions to the Architect's Representative: Nathan Compton, telephone: 319.234.1515, e-mail: nathan.compton@ISGlnc.com. B. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include resultant costs in the Bid Amount. C. Verbal answers are not binding on any party. D. Clarifications requested by bidders must be in writing not less than 7 days before date set for receipt of bids. The reply will be in the form of an Addendum, a copy of which will be forwarded to known recipients . 3.07 PRODUCT/ASSEMBLY/SYSTEM SUBSTITUTIONS A. See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements for additional requirements. SITE ASSESSMENT 4.01 SITE EXAMINATION A. Examine the project site before submitting a bid. Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 2113 - Page 3 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 4.02 PREBID CONFERENCE A. Refer to Section 00 1113 for prebid conference information. B. All general contract and subcontract bidders and suppliers are invited. C. Representatives of Architect will be in attendance. D. Information relevant to the Bid Documents will be recorded in an Addendum, issued to Bid Document recipients. QUALIFICATIONS 5.01 SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS/OTHERS A. Owner reserves the right to reject a proposed subcontractor for reasonable cause. B. Refer to General Conditions. BID SUBMISSION 6.01 SUBMISSION PROCEDURE A. Bidders shall be solely responsible for the delivery of their bids in the manner and time prescribed. B. Submit one copy of the executed offer on the Bid Forms provided in a closed opaque envelope, signed and sealed, with the required security in a separate envelope, signed and sealed, both envelopes in a larger closed opaque envelope, clearly identified each envelope and its contents with bidder's name, project name, and Owner's name on the outside. C. Improperly completed information, irregularities in bid bond, may be cause not to open the Bid Form envelope and declare the bid invalid or informal. D. An abstract summary of submitted bids will be made available to all bidders following bid opening. 6.02 BID INELIGIBILITY A. Bids that are unsigned, improperly signed or sealed, conditional, illegible, obscure, contain arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind, may at the discretion of the Owner, be declared unacceptable. B. Bid Forms, Appendices, and enclosures that are improperly prepared may, at the discretion of Owner, be declared unacceptable. C. Failure to provide security deposit, bonding or insurance requirements may, at the discretion of Owner, be waived. BID ENCLOSURES/REQUIREMENTS 7.01 SECURITY DEPOSIT A. Bids shall be accompanied by a security deposit as follows: 1. Bid Bond of a sum no less than 5 percent of the Bid Amount. B. Endorse the Bid Bond in the name of the Owner as obligee, signed and sealed by the principal (Contractor) and surety. C. The security deposit will be returned after delivery to the Owner of the required Performance and Payment Bond(s) by the accepted bidder. D. Include the cost of bid security in the Bid Amount. E. After a bid has been accepted, all securities will be returned to the respective bidders . F. If no contract is awarded, all security deposits will be returned. 7.02 BIDDERS STATUS FORM A. Bids shall be accompanied by the bidders status form included in this manual. 7.03 PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE A. Accepted Bidder: Provide a Performance and Payment bond as described in Document 00 7300- Supplementary Conditions. B. Include the cost of Performance and Payment Bonds in the Bid Amount and identify the cost on the Bid Form. Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 2113- Page 4 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 7.04 BID FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Complete all requested information in the Bid Form. 7.05 BID FORM SIGNATURE A. The Bid Form shall be signed by the bidder, as follows: 1. Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a witness who will also sign. Insert the words "Sole Proprietor" under the signature. Affix seal. 2. Partnership: Signature of all partners in the presence of a witness who will also sign. Insert the word "Partner" under each signature. Affix seal to each signature. 3. Corporation: Signature of a duly authorized signing officer(s) in their normal signatures. Insert the officer's capacity in which the signing officer acts, under each signature. Affix the corporate seal. If the bid is signed by officials other than the president and secretary of the company, or the president/secretary/treasurer of the company, a copy of the by-law resolution of their board of directors authorizing them to do so, must also be submitted with the Bid Form in the bid envelope. 4. Joint Venture: Each party of the joint venture shall execute the Bid Form under their respective seals in a manner appropriate to such party as described above, similar to the requirements of a Partnership. 7.06 ADDITIONAL BID INFORMATION A. Submit the following Supplements 24 hours after bid submission if you are the apparent low bidder or as requested to do so by the Architect or the Owner: 1. List of Subcontractors: Include the names of all Subcontractors and the pertions of the Work they will perform. 2. Proposed Schedule of Values: Identify the Bid Amount allotted to each portion of the Work. 7.07 PERMITS AND FEES A. The General Contractor is responsible for contacting the city and state in which the project is to 22 be constructed to obtain a building permit, other fees and permits, and coordinating with o subcontractors who are to include fees and permits in their bid amount. Include the cost of c) building permit, and other fees and permits in the Base Bid amount. Other fees and permits may include but are not limited to: 1. Plan Review. 2. City Water and Sewer Access. 3. Parkland Dedications. 4. Inspection. 5. Connection. 6. All other similar types of permits and fees. 7.08 SELECTION AND AWARD OF ALTERNATES A. Bids will be evaluated based on the lowest proposed base bid or on the lowest proposed bid fee calculated by the combined sums of the base bid and selection of the alternates chosen by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to choose either the lowest base bid alone, or the lowest base bid in combination with the alternates in the order listed. OFFER ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION 8.01 DURATION OF OFFER A. Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for the number of days after the bid closing date as indicated in Section 00 1113. 8.02 ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER A. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all offers. B. After acceptance by Owner, Architect on behalf of Owner, will issue to the successful bidder, a written Notice of Award. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 2113- Page 5 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair :tr cs 0 Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 2113 - Page 6 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 00 3113 BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER LINTEL REPAIR WATERLOO, IOWA ISG NO. 19-23187 Tuesday, October 15, 2019 Send out Advertisement for Bids. Thursday, October 24, 2019 Prebid meeting, walk-through. 1:00 p.m. — Thursday, October 31, 2019 Receive Bids before 1:00 p.m. Monday, November 04, 2019 Estimated date to issue Notice of Award. Wednesday, November 06, 2019 Estimated date to execute contract and issue Notice to Proceed. Friday, November 08, 2019 Estimated preconstruction meeting date. 0 0 Monday, November 11, 2019 Estimated commence construction date. Friday, December 13, 2019 Substantial completion, perform final walk through and inspection with Owner and Architect. Owner can occupy. 2. Friday, December 20, 2019 Final Completion. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 3113- Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair C" 9 Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 3113- Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 00 4100 BID FORM 5 SULLIVAN BROTHERS CONVENTION CENTER LINTEL REPAIR WATERLOO, IOWA ISG NO. 19-23187 DATE Ladies and Gentlemen: The undersigned being familiar with the conditions; having made a field inspection and investigation I/we deem necessary; having studied the Plans and Specifications for the work, and being familiar with all factors and other conditions affecting the work and cost thereof, hereby propose to furnish all labor, tools, materials, skills, equipment, building permit, other fees and permits, and all else necessary to completely construct the project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by ISG, 314 East 4th Street, Waterloo, Iowa 50703 for the prices as entered on the following pages of this proposal. I/We hereby certify that I am/we are the only person, persons, firm or corporation interested in this proposal as principals and that it is made without collusion with any person, firm or corporation. It is understood that the following Bid/Bids shall include all necessary materials, labor, supervision, machinery, equipment, tools, bracing, false work and other means of construction, including all necessary tests incidental to such installation. I/We guarantee all of the work performed under this contract to be done in accordance with the plans and specifications, and in a good and workmanlike manner, and to redo or repair any work which may be rejected due to defective materials or workmanship, prior to the final acceptance of the project, and for a period of two years after such final acceptance, by the Project Architect and the Owner. I/We propose to begin work and to prosecute the work so as to complete the same as indicated. o BASE BID: Selective demolition, lintel repair, and related Work indicated in the drawings and cto specifications for the Sum of: Dollars ( ) CONTRACT TIME: If this Bid is accepted, I/we will: Commence work as soon as possible after Receipt of Notice to Proceed and shall complete the Work by the time indicated per Section 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions. BID SECURITY- CONTRACTS: A properly executed bid bond of a sum no less than five percent (5%) of the base bid amount or a certified check in the amount of$ equal to no less than five percent (5%)of the base bid amount accompanies this proposal. It is understood that bids may not be withdrawn for a period of 45 days after the date and time set for the opening of bids. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to retain the bid security of the bidders for a period not to exceed 45 days after the date set for the opening of bids. Acknowledgement or Receipt of Addendum (if issued) Received Addendum No. 1, dated Received Addendum No. 2, dated Received Addendum No. 3, dated Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 4100 - Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair (A CORPORATION) (A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP) (A GENERAL PARTNERSHIP) (A SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP) (CIRCLE ONE OR INDICATE COMPANY OWNERSHIP STRUCTURE TYPE ABOVE) COMPANY NAME: ADDRESS: SUBMITTED BY: (PRINT OR TYPE NAME) TITLE: PHONE NUMBER: _1_( ) - FAX NUMBER: _1_( ) - E-MAIL ADDRESS: SIGNATURE: 6 END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 4100 - Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Bidder Status Form — To be completed by all bidders Part A Please answer"Yes" or"No"for each of the following: _ ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page). ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa. - ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail. 0 Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. — ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes"for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No"to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: / / to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C co — 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to resident bidders, resident labor — force preferences or any other type of preference to bidders or laborers? ❑ Yes ❑ No 3. If you answered "Yes"to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. — To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Firm Name: — Signature: Date: - You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. 309-6001 (09-15) Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general — partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. — ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 (09-15) SECTION 00 7200 GENERAL CONDITIONS FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.01 THE GENERAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO THIS CONTRACT ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 2017 Edition, is the General Conditions between the Owner and Contractor. B. The General Conditions applicable to this contract is attached following this page. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions. 1.03 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Refer to document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions for amendments to these general conditions. END OF SECTION C) C N M O O F- Q LU Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 7200 - Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair to Imo kof ium Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 7200- Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Document A201 TM - 2017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its THE OWNER: completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original (Name, legal status and address) AIA standard form.An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed.A vertical line in the left margin of this THE ARCHITECT: document indicates where the author (Name, legal status and address) has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal a, consequences.Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect cn TABLE OF ARTICLES to its completion or modification. 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS For guidance in modifying this document to include supplementary d conditions,see AIA Document 2 OWNER A503T"', Guide for Supplementary 3 CONTRACTOR Conditions. 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA5 Document is protected by U,S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 0 6 %me Ime *mop AIA Document A201""—2017.Copyright()1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The In it. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIN Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA') Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) INDEX Architect's Authority to Reject Work (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) 3.5,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Decisions 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.2.14,6.3, Acceptance of Work 7.3.4, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4.1, 9.5,9.8.4,9.9.1, 9.6.6, 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.3 13.4.2, 15.2 Access to Work Architect's Inspections 3.16,6.2.1, 12.1 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2, 9.8.3,9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Accident Prevention Architect's Instructions 10 3.2.4,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7, 13.4.2 Acts and Omissions Architect's Interpretations 3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,8.3.1,9.5.1, 10.2.5, 4.2.11,4.2.12 10.2.8, 13.3.2, 14.1, 15.1.2, 15.2 Architect's Project Representative Addenda 4.2.10 1.1.1 Architect's Relationship with Contractor Additional Costs,Claims for 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, 3.7.4,3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 3.5,3.7.4, 3.7.5,3.9.2,3.9.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16, Additional Inspections and Testing 3.18,4.1.2,4.2, 5.2,6.2.2,7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5, 9.4.2,9.8.3, 12.2.1,13.4 9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2 Additional Time,Claims for Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.2.4, 3.7.4,3.7.5,3.10.2,8.3.2, 15.1.6 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.3 Administration of the Contract Architect's Representations 3.1.3,4.2,9.4,9.5 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid Architect's Site Visits 1.1.1 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 cp Aesthetic Effect Asbestos 4.2.13 10.3.1 Allowances Attorneys' Fees 3.8 3.18.1,9.6.8,9.10.2, 10.3.3 , Applications for Payment Award of Separate Contracts n 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.5.4,9.6.3,9.7,9.10 6.1.1,6.1.2 _ Approvals Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 2.1.1,2.3.1,2.5,3.1.3,3.10.2,3.12.8,3.12.9, Portions of the Work 3.12.10.1,4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.4.1 5.2 Arbitration Basic Definitions 8.3.1, 15.3.2,15.4 1.1 ARCHITECT Bidding Requirements 4 1.1.1 Architect,Definition of Binding Dispute Resolution 4.1.1 8.3.1,9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, Architect,Extent of Authority 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1 2.5,3.12.7,4.1.2,4.2,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.4,7.4,9.2, Bonds,Lien 9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.6.3,9.8,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 7.3.4.4,9.6.8, 9.10.2,9.10.3 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1 Bonds,Performance,and Payment Architect,Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.1.2, 11.1.3,11.5 2.1.1,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.3, Building Information Models Use and Reliance 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4,9.4.2, 1.8 9.5.4,9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2 Building Permit Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 3.7.1 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 Capitalization Architect's Administration of the Contract 1.3 3.1.3,3.7.4, 15.2,9.4.1,9.5 Certificate of Substantial Completion Architect's Approvals 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 2.5,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,4.2.7 Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAC Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 3 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) Certificates for Payment Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.2.1,4.2.5,4.2.9, 9.3.3,9.4,9.5, 9.6.1,9.6.6, 9.7, 3.7.4,4.2.8,8.3.1, 10.3 — 9.10.1,9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.4 Conditions of the Contract Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 1.1.1,6.1.1,6.1.4 13.4.4 Consent,Written Certificates of Insurance 3.4.2,3.14.2,4.1.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 13.2, 9.10.2 15.4.4.2 Change Orders Consolidation or Joinder 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.7.4, 3.8.2.3,3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8,5.2.3, 15.4.4 7.1.2,7.1.3,7.2,7.3.2,7.3.7, 7.3.9,7.3.10, 8.3.1, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 9.3.1.1,9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS Change Orders, Definition of 1.1.4,6 7.2.1 Construction Change Directive,Definition of — CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.1 2.2.2,3.11,4.2.8,7,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1, Construction Change Directives 11.5 1.1.1,3.4.2,3.11,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1.1,7.1.2,7.1.3,7.3, — Claims,Definition of 9.3.1.1 15.1.1 Construction Schedules,Contractor's Claims,Notice of 3.10,3.11,3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 1.6.2, 15.1.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 5.4, 14.2.2.2 3.2.4, 6.1.1,6.3,7.3.9,9.3.3,9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4 Continuing Contract Performance Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 15.1.4 15.4.1 Contract,Definition of Claims for Additional Cost 1.1.2 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.7.4,7.3.9,9.5.2, 10.2.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR Claims for Additional Time SUSPENSION OF THE 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.7.4,6.1.1, 8.3.2,9.5.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.6 5.4.1.1, 5.4.2, 11.5,14 Concealed or Unknown Conditions,Claims for Contract Administration 3.7.4 3.1.3,4, 9.4,9.5 Claims for Damages Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating 3.2.4,3.18, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3, to 11.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1 Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of 15.4.1 1.5.2,2.3.6,5.3 Cleaning Up Contract Documents,Definition of 3.15, 6.3 1.1.1 Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to Contract Sum 2.2.1, 3.2.2,3.4.1, 3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,5.2.1, 5.2.3, 2.2.2,2.2.4,3.7.4, 3.7.5,3.8, 3.10.2, 5.2.3,7.3, 7.4, 6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.2, 15.1.5 9.1, 9.2,9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.1.2, Commencement of the Work,Definition of 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5,15.2.5 8.1.2 Contract Sum,Definition of Communications 9.1 3.9.1,4.2.4 Contract Time _ Completion,Conditions Relating to 1.1.4,2.2.1,2.2.2,3.7.4, 3.7.5,3.10.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.5, 3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9, 8.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, 7.2.1.3,7.3.1,7.3.5,7.3.6,7,7,7.3.10,7.4,8.1.1, 9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 15.1.2 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2, COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.6.1, 15.2.5 -- 9 Contract Time,Definition of Completion, Substantial 8.1.1 3.10.1,4.2.9, 8.1.1,8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1, CONTRACTOR 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2 3 Compliance with Laws Contractor,Definition of 2.3.2, 3.2.3,3.6,3.7, 3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4, 10.2.2, 13.1, 3.1,6.1.2 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, Contractor's Construction and Submittal — 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Schedules 3.10, 3.12.1,3.12.2,4.2.3,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 AIA Document AZ01" —2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This MAC Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this MAC Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) —" Contractor's Employees Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate 2.2.4,3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, Contractors 10.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 3.14.2,6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 — Contractor's Liability Insurance Damage to the Work 11.1 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors Damages, Claims for — and Owner's Forces 3.2.4,3.18,6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2, 3.12.5, 3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.3, 12.2.4 11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages for Delay 1.2.2,2.2.4,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,4.2.4,5,9.6.2,9.6.7, 6.2.3, 8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2 — 9.10.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.2 1.1.2, 1.5,2.3.3,3.1.3,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.3.1,3.4.2, Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of 3.5.1,3.7.4,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.2,5.2,6.2.2, 8.1.3 — 7, 8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, Day,Definition of 11.3, 12, 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 8.1.4 Contractor's Representations Decisions of the Architect — 3.2.1,3.2.2,3.5,3.12.6,6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 3.7.4,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,6.3, 7.3.4, Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2, 9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.4.2, Work 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 3.3.2,3.18,5.3,6.1.3,6.2,9.5.1, 10.2.8 Decisions to Withhold Certification Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 3.2 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Rejection and Correction of — 2.2.2,9.7 2.5,3.5,4.2.6,6.2.3,9.5.1,9.5.3,9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3, Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.10.4, 12.2.1 14.1 Definitions Contractor's Submittals 1.1,2.1.1,3.1.1,3.5,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1,5.1, 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1, 5.2.3,9.2,9.3, 9.8.2, 6.1.2, 7.2.1,7.3.1, 8.1,9.1,9.8.1, 15.1.1 9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Delays and Extensions of Time Contractor's Superintendent 3.2,3.7.4, 5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3, 9.5.1,9.7, 3.9, 10.2.6 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2,15.1.6, 15.2.5 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Digital Data Use and Transmission Procedures 1.7 1.2.2, 3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, Disputes — 7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 6.3,7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Coordination and Correlation Documents and Samples at the Site 1.2,3.2.1,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 3.11 — Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings,Definition of 1.5,2.3.6,3.11 1.1.5 Copyrights Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of 1.5,3.17 3.11 Correction of Work Effective Date of Insurance 2.5, 3.7.3,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3, 8.2.2 15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1 Emergencies — Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.5 1.2 Employees,Contractor's Cost,Definition of 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 7.3.4 10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Costs Equipment,Labor,or Materials 2.5, 3.2.4,3.7.3,3.8.2,3.15.2,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 7.3.3.3,7.3.4,7.3.8,7.3.9,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.2, 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.4,9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, — 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Cutting and Patching Execution and Progress of the Work 3.14, 6.2.5 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.3.4,2.3.6,3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1,3.7.1, 3.10.1,3.12, 3.14,4.2,6.2.2,7.1.3, 7.3.6,8.2,9.5.1, 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.4 In it. AIA Document A201 T"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA.5 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 5 — Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA5 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be i prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) Extensions of Time Insurance, Stored Materials 3.2.4,3.7.4,5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4,9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 9.3.2 — 10.4, 14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 INSURANCE AND BONDS Failure of Payment 11 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy Faulty Work 9.9.1 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Insured loss,Adjustment and Settlement of Final Completion and Final Payment 11.5 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.8.2,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Intent of the Contract Documents Financial Arrangements,Owner's 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Interest GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.5 1 Interpretation Governing Law 1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1, 5.1,6.1.2, 15.1.1 13.1 Interpretations,Written Guarantees(See Warranty) 4.2.11,4.2.12 -.- Hazardous Materials and Substances Judgment on Final Award 10.2.4, 10.3 15.4.2 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers Labor and Materials,Equipment 5.2.1 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, Indemnification 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, 3.17,3.18,9.6.8,9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner Labor Disputes 2.1.2,2.2,2.3,3.2.2,3.12.10.1,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5, 8.3.1 9.6.1,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, Laws and Regulations 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.2.4,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4, Initial Decision 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, 15.2 15.4 Q Initial Decision Maker,Defmition of Liens 1.1.8 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.6.8, 9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 �. Initial Decision Maker,Decisions Limitations, Statutes of 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 L Initial Decision Maker,Extent of Authority Limitations of Liability 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 3.2.2, 3.5,3.12.10,3.12.10.1,3.17,3.18.1,4.2.6, Injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.2.7,6.2.2,9.4.2, 9.6.4,9.6.7, 9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 10.2.8, 10.4 11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1 Inspections Limitations of Time 3.1.3, 3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2, 9.8.3, 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1,4.2.7, 9.9.2,9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.4 5.2,5.3,5.4.1,6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, Instructions to Bidders 9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, 1.1.1 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5 — Instructions to the Contractor Materials,Hazardous 3.2.4,3.3.1,3.8.1,5.2.1,7,8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2 10.2.4, 10.3 Instruments of Service,Definition of Materials,Labor,Equipment and _ 1.1.7 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4.1, 3.5,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, Insurance 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.4,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 6.1.1,7.3.4,8.2.2,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.2.5, 11 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Insurance,Notice of Cancellation or Expiration Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and — 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Procedures of Construction Insurance,Contractor's Liability 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 11.1 Mechanic's Lien _ Insurance,Effective Date of 2.1.2,9.3.1,9.3.3, 9.6.8,9.10.2,9.10.4, 15.2.8 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Mediation Insurance,Owner's Liability 8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6,15.3, 15.4.1, 11.2 15.4.1.1 Insurance,Property Minor Changes in the Work 10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5 1.1.1, 3.4.2,3.12.8,4.2.8,7.1,7.4 AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S,Copyright Law and International Treaties. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA5 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Clean Up 13 6.3 Modifications,Definition of Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1.1 Award Separate Contracts Modifications to the Contract 6.1 1.1.1, 1.1.2,2.5,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7, 8.3.1,9.7, Owner's Right to Stop the Work 10.3.2 2.4 Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 6.2 14.3 Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 14.2, 14.4 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications 2.4,2.5,3.5,4.2.6,6.2.4,9.5.1, 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, and Other Instruments of Service 12.2 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5,2.3.6,3.2.2, 3.11,3.17,4.2.12, Notice 5.3 1.6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2,2.1.2,2.2.2.,2.2.3,2.2.4,2.5,3.2.4, Partial Occupancy or Use 3.3.1,3.7.4,3.7.5,3.9.2,3.12.9,3.12.10, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.6.6,9.9 8.2.2 9.6.8, 9.7,9.10.1, 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1, Patching,Cutting and 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1, 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, 3.14, 6.2.5 15.1.6, 15.4.1 Patents Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance 3.17 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Payment,Applications for Notice of Claims 4.2.5,7.3.9,9.2,9.3,9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3,9.7,9.8.5,9.10.1, 1.6.2,2.1.2,3.7.4,9.6.8, 10.2.8, 15.13, 15.1.5, 15.1.6, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 15.2.8, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 Payment,Certificates for Notice of Testing and Inspections 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7, 9.10.1, 13.4.1, 13.4.2 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 C _ Observations,Contractor's Payment,Failure of cti 3.2,3.7.4 9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Occupancy Payment,Final 2.3.1,9.6.6,9.8 4.2.1,4.2.9,9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Orders,Written Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 1.1.1,2.4,3.9.2,7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 7.3.4.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.1.2 u, 14.3.1 Payments,Progress OWNER 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 2 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION Owner,Definition of 9 2.1.1 Payments to Subcontractors Owner,Evidence of Financial Arrangements 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 2.2, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 PCB Owner,Information and Services Required of the 10.3.1 2.1.2, 2.2,2.3,3.2.2,3.12.10,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2, Performance Bond and Payment Bond 9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 7.3.4.4, 9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.1.2 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws Owner's Authority 2.3.1,3.7,3.13, 7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 1.5,2.1.1,2.3.32.4,2.5,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF 4.1.2,4.2.4,4.2.9,5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1, 10 7.3.1, 8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1,9.6.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 10.3.1 15.2.7 Product Data,Definition of Owner's Insurance 3.12.2 11.2 Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings _ Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 1.1.2, 5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 Progress and Completion Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 4.2.2,8.2, 9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 2.5, 14.2.2 Progress Payments 9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 Init. ALA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This ALA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 7 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ALA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) Project, Definition of Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 — Project Representatives Separate Contractors,Definition of 4.2.10 6.1.1 Property Insurance Shop Drawings,Definition of 10.2.5, 11.2 3.12.1 Proposal Requirements Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1.1.1 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Site,Use of — 10 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Regulations and Laws Site Inspections 1.5,2.3.2,3.2.3,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,9.6.4,9.9.1, 3.2.2,3.3.3,3.7.1,3.7.4,4.2,9.9.2, 9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.4 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5,14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Site Visits,Architect's Rejection of Work 3.7.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.4 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Special Inspections and Testing Releases and Waivers of Liens 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4 — 9.3.1,9.10.2 Specifications,Definition of Representations 1.1.6 3.2.1,3.5,3.12.6,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 Specifications Representatives 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5,3.12.10,3.17,4.2.14 — 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.10, 13.2.1 Statute of Limitations Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.2,4.2.3, 5.3,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 Stopping the Work Retainage 2.2.2,2.4,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5, 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Stored Materials Review of Contract Documents and Field 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Conditions by Contractor Subcontractor,Definition of 3.2,3.12.7,6.1.3 5.1.1 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and SUBCONTRACTORS Architect 5 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Subcontractors,Work by Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,3.18,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, by Contractor 9.6.7 3.12 Subcontractual Relations Rights and Remedies 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6,9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 1.1.2,2.4,2.5,3.5,3.7.4,3.15.2,4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4,6.1, Submittals 6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.4,9.2,9.3,9.8, — 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights Submittal Schedule 3.17 3.10.2,3.12.5,4.2.7 Rules and Notices for Arbitration Subrogation,Waivers of 15.4.1 6.1.1, 11.3 Safety of Persons and Property Substances,Hazardous 10.2, 10.4 10.3 Safety Precautions and Programs Substantial Completion 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 12.2, Samples,Definition of 15.1.2 3.12.3 Substantial Completion,Definition of — Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and 9.8.1 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Substitution of Subcontractors Samples at the Site,Documents and 5.2.3,5.2.4 3.11 Substitution of Architect Schedule of Values 2.3.3 9.2, 9.3.1 Substitutions of Materials Schedules,Construction 3.4.2,3.5,7.3.8 — 3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 5.1.2 AIA Document A201" -2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA` Document is protected by U.B.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 8 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA8 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) Subsurface Conditions Time Limits 3.7.4 2.1.2,2.2,2.5,3.2.2,3.10,3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1,4.2, Successors and Assigns 5.2,5.3,5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1, 13.2 9.5, 9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9,9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15.1.2, Superintendent 15.1.3, 15.4 3.9, 10.2.6 Time Limits on Claims Supervision and Construction Procedures 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3, Title to Work 7.3.4,8.2, 8.3.1,9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 9.3.2,9.3.3 Suppliers UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 1.5,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2, 9.5.4,9.6, 12 9.10.5, 14.2.1 Uncovering of Work Surety 12.1 _ 5.4.1.2,9.6.8,9.8.5, 9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2, Unforeseen Conditions,Concealed or Unknown 15.2.7 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Surety,Consent of Unit Prices 9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3 7.3.3.2,9.1.2 Surveys Use of Documents 1.1.7,2.3.4 1.1.1, 1.5,2.3.6,3.12.6,5.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Use of Site 14.3 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Suspension of the Work Values,Schedule of 3.7.5,5.4.2, 14.3 9.2, 9.3.1 Suspension or Termination of the Contract Waiver of Claims by the Architect 5.4.1.1, 14 13.3.2 Taxes Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.4.4 9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7 Termination by the Contractor Waiver of Claims by the Owner 14.1, 15.1.7 9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4,15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Cause Waiver of Consequential Damages 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.7 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Liens w 14.4 9.3,9.10.2,9.10.4 Termination of the Architect Waivers of Subrogation _ 2.3.3 6.1.1, 11.3 Termination of the Contractor Employment Warranty 14.2.2 3.5,4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.4, 12.2.2, 15.1.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Weather Delays CONTRACT 8.3, 15.1.6.2 14 Work,Definition of Tests and Inspections 1.1.3 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3, Written Consent 9.9.2,9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1, 13.4 1.5.2,3.4.2,3.7.4,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2, 9.3.2,9.10.3, TIME 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2 8 Written Interpretations Time,Delays and Extensions of 4.2.11,4.2.12 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.4,8.3,9.5.1, 9.7, Written Orders 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 1.1.1,2.4,3.9,7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 9 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS §1.1 Basic Definitions — §1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement)and consist of the Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive,or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract — Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders, sample forms,other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals,the Contractor's bid or proposal,or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. §1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either written — or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3)between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect's consultants,or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. §1.1.3 The Work The term"Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment,and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. §1.1.4 The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. §1.1.5 The Drawings The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and dimensions of the Work,generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules,and diagrams. §1.1.6 The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. §1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations,in any medium of expression now known or later developed,of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect's consultants under their respective professional services agreements.Instruments of Service may include,without limitation,studies,surveys,models,sketches,drawings,specifications,and other similar materials. §1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in — accordance with Section 15.2. The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents §1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the — Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. AM Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This ALA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 10 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) — §1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions.If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law,or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable,then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed,to the fullest extent permitted by law,to give effect to the parties' intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. §1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. §1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. §1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles,or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. §1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. §1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications,and Other Instruments of Service §1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service,including the Drawings and Specifications,and retain all common law,statutory,and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service,including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'reserved rights. §1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them,subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8,solely and exclusively for execution of the Work.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice,if any,shown on the Instruments of Service.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors,and suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner,Architect,and the Architect's consultants. §1.6 Notice §1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2,where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party,such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person,by mail,by courier, or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. §1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail,or by courier providing proof of delivery. §1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form.The parties will use AIA Document E203TM2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,to establish the protocols for the development,use,transmission,and exchange of digital data. §1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of,or reliance on,all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of,and reliance on,the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set forth in AIA Document E203TM_2013,Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit,and the requisite AIA Document Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911, 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAa Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 11 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA5 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) G202T"_2013,Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form,shall be at the using or relying party's sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants,the authors of,or contributors to,the building — information model,and each of their agents and employees. ARTICLE 2 OWNER §2.1 General§2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization.Except as — otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner"means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. §2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor,within fifteen days after receipt of a written request,information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of,or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. — §2.2 Evidence of the Owner's Financial Arrangements §2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner provides such evidence.If commencement of the Work is delayed under this Section 2.2.1,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately. §2.2.2 Following commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract only if(1)the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; —_ (2)the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner's ability to make payment when due; or(3)a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum. If the Owner fails to provide such evidence,as required,within fourteen days of the Contractor's request,the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and,in that event,shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped.However,if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under(3)above,the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the m. Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided.If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.2,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents. §2.2.3 After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2,the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. §2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as"confidential,"the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person.However,the Contractor may — disclose"confidential"information, after seven(7)days'notice to the Owner,where disclosure is required by law, including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity,or by court or arbitrator(s)order. The Contractor may also disclose"confidential"information to its employees,consultants, sureties, Subcontractors and their employees, Sub-subcontractors,and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. §2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner — §2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. §2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture,or an entity lawfully practicing architecture,in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the — Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 12 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAa Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) —� §2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates,the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. §2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. §2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness.The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner's control and relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor's written request for such information or services. §2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. §2.4 Owner's Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. §2.5 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may,pursuant to Section 9.5.1,withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of o< correcting such deficiencies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services w made necessary by such default,neglect,or failure.If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such s amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the ` Owner or the Architect,or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner,the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR §3.1 General §3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed,if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. _ §3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. §3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor §3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2 01 7.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 13 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA.Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary,the Contractor shall,before starting each portion of the Work,carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4,shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work,and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.It is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional,unless otherwise _ specifically provided in the Contract Documents. §3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,but the Contractor shall — promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. §3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15.If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner, subject to Section 15.1.7,as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those obligations,the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents,for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents,or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws,statutes, ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities. §3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures §3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for,and have control over,construction means,methods,techniques,sequences, and procedures,and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract.If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods, techniques,sequences,or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect,and shall propose alternative means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction.Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor's proposed alternative,the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means,methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures. §3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for,or — on behalf of,the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. §3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. §3.4 Labor and Materials §3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, — materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. — §3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4,the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction — Change Directive. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAs Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 14 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ALA® Document,or any portion of it.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) — §3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. §3.5 Warranty §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract — will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise.The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit.Work,materials,or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. §3.5.2 All material,equipment,or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner,or shall be transferable to the Owner,and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4. — §3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. §3.7 Permits,Fees,Notices and Compliance with Laws §3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits,fees, licenses,and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. §3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. §3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful orders of public authorities,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. — §3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for, performance of any part of the Work,will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those — indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor,stating the reasons.If either party disputes the Architect's determination or recommendation,that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. §3.7.5 If,in the course of the Work,the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers,archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect.Upon receipt of such notice, _ the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations.The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. In it. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlA5 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 15 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §3.8 Allowances §3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items — covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct,but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. §3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit,and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances;and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. §3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. _ §3.9 Superintendent §3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. §3.9.2 The Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent.Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor,stating whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner's consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. §3.10 Contractor's Construction and Submittal Schedules §3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work.The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the Project,including(1)the date of commencement of the Work,interim schedule milestone dates,and the date of Substantial Completion; (2)an apportionment of the Work by construction activity;and(3)the time required for completion of each portion of the Work.The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project. §3.10.2 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule,shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect's approval.The Architect's approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall(1)be coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule,and(2)allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule,or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule,the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. §3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. §3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available, at the Project site,the Contract Documents,including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives,and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to indicate field — changes and selections made during construction,and the approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar required submittals.These shall be in electronic form or paper copy,available to the Architect and Owner,and AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This MAC Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 16 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. §3.12 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples §3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams, schedules,and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier,or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. §3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams,and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. §3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials,equipment,or workmanship,and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. §3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals.Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7.Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. §3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve,and submit to the Architect,Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents,in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors. §3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,and similar submittals,the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has(1)reviewed and approved them,(2)determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and(3)checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. LLJ §3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,or similar submittals,until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. §3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,or similar submittals,unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,by the Architect's approval thereof. §3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of such notice,the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. §3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques, sequences,and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. §3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials,or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely In it. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA,, Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 17 _ Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional, — whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations,specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings,and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings,and other submittals related to the Work,designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services, — certifications,and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals,provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. §3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor's design professional to certify that the Work has been — performed in accordance with the design criteria,the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect. §3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,lawful orders of public authorities,and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. — §3.14 Cutting and Patching §3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting,or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly.All areas requiring cutting,fitting,or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting,fitting,or patching,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. §3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting,patching,or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold,from the Owner or a Separate Contractor,its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. §3.15 Cleaning Up§3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery,and surplus materials from and about the Project. §3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. — §3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. — §3.17 Royalties,Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design,process,or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents,or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications,or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by,or made known to,the Contractor,the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 18 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) — §3.18 Indemnification §3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,Architect, Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness, disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss,or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. §3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them,or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation,or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts,or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT §4.1 General §4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in the Agreement. §4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities,and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified,or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor,and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. §4.2 Administration of the Contract _ §4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner's representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. §4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction,or as otherwise agreed with the Owner,to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.The Architect will not have control over,charge of,or responsibility for the construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. §4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits,the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,and promptly report to the Owner(1)known deviations from the Contract Documents,(2)known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and(3) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work.The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Architect will not have control over or charge of,and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of,the Contractor,Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect's services or professional responsibilities.The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner.The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA5 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 19 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. — §4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3,whether or not the Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors,suppliers, their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve,or take other appropriate action upon,the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or,in the absence of an approved submittal schedule,with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5,and 3.12.The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. §4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4.The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. §4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion;issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8;receive and forward to the 1.7 Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10;and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in — carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site.The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. §4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under,and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. §4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of,and reasonably inferable from,the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations and decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either,and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. §4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. — §4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If appropriate,the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. AIA Document A201 TTM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — Irtit. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAI' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties, 20 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS §5.1 Definitions §5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term"Subcontractor" does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. §5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. §5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work §5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work,including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design. Within 14 days of receipt of the information,the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect(1)has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or(2)requires additional time for review.Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. §5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor,person,or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or w Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. §5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work that the Contractor,by these Contract Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies,and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. §5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts §5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner,provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915, 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAs Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 21 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAg' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement,the Owner assumes the Contractor's rights and obligations under the subcontract. §5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. — §5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4,the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity.If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity,the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor's obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS — §6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts §6.1.1 The term"Separate Contractor(s)" shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar to those of this Contract,including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. §6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. §6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules.The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, Separate Contractors,and the Owner until subsequently revised. §6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces or with Separate Contractors,the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract,including, — without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6,and Articles 10, 11,and 12. §6.2 Mutual Responsibility — §6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. §6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor's Work.Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or Separate Contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work.The Contractor shall not be responsible for — discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent. §6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor's delays,improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction. §6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The In it. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAC Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 22 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAC Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) — §6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. §6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor,Separate Contractors,and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK §7.1 General §7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor,and Architect.A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. §7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents.The _ Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive,or order for a minor change in the Work. §7.2 Change Orders §7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor,and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. §7.3 Construction Change Directives — §7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions,or other revisions,the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. §7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. §7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.4. §7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,an amount for overhead and _ profit as set forth in the Agreement,or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement,a reasonable amount. In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following: Init. AIA Document A201-"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 23 _ Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document,or any portion of it.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) .1 Costs of labor,including applicable payroll taxes,fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers'compensation insurance,and other employee costs approved by the Architect; .2 Costs of materials, supplies,and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use,or similar taxes,directly related to the change; and .5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. _ §7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time,the Contractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. §7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. §7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. §7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. §7.3.9 Pending fmal determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment.The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines,in the Architect's professional judgment,to be reasonably justified.The Architect's interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order.Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. §7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and — do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. The Architect's order for minor changes shall be in writing.If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work.If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect's order for a minor change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. ARTICLE 8 TIME §8.1 Definitions §8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. §8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. §8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. AIA Document A201TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 24 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) — §8.1.4 The term"day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. §8.2 Progress and Completion §8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. §8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,commence the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. §8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. §8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time §8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by(1)an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect,of an employee of either,or of a Separate Contractor;(2)by changes ordered in the Work;(3) by labor disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties,adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2,or other causes beyond the Contractor's control;(4)by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution;or(5)by other causes that the Contractor asserts,and the Architect determines,justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. §8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. §8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION §9.1 Contract Sum §9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. §9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. §9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price,the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment,allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work.The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form,and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy,required by the Architect.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require,and unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's subsequent Applications for Payment. §9.3 Applications for Payment §9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values,if required under Section 9.2,for completed portions of the Work.The application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment that the Owner or Architect require,such as copies of requisitions,and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers,and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. §9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U,S,Copyright Law and International Treaties. ZrJ Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA5 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom — the Contractor intends to pay. §9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and — equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance,storage, and transportation to the site,for such materials and equipment stored off the site. §9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims,security interests,or — encumbrances,in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors,suppliers,or other persons or entities that provided labor, materials,and equipment relating to the Work. §9.4 Certificates for Payment §9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either(1)issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor;or(2)issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in part as provided in Section 9.5.1;or(3)withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment,and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect's reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1. LLD ,. §9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner,based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment,that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information,and belief,the Work has progressed to the point indicated,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount i certified.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor ,„ deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion,and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures;(3)reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment; or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. — §9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification §9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of -- .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims,unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor,materials or equipment; AMA Document A201""—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties, 26 ...— Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIM' Document,or any portion of it.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect's decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1,in whole or in part,that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15. §9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. §9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3,the Owner may,at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check,the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment. §9.6 Progress Payments §9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. §9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor,no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner, the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. ry §9.6.3 The Architect will,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 111 §9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days,the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid.Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay,or to see to the payment of money to,a Subcontractor or supplier,except as may otherwise be required by law. §9.6.5 The Contractor's payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. §9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust,or entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. §9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss,liability,damage or expense,including reasonable attorney's fees and litigation expenses,arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier.Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment,the Owner shall notify the Contractor. If approved by the applicable court,when required,the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted. Init. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA''Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 27 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ai/IV' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after — receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents,the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution,then the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shutdown,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. §9.8 Substantial Completion §9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. §9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be — completed or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item,whether or not included on the Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall, — before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect.In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. §9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. §9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate.Upon such acceptance,and consent of surety if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be — adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use §9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have — accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage,if any,security,maintenance, heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents.When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2.Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. — §9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor,and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. AIA Document A201'"'—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA®Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 28 — Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment §9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection.When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable.The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. §9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect(1)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment,(5)documentation of any special warranties,such as manufacturers' warranties or specific Subcontractor warranties,and(6)if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations,such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens,claims,security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien,claim,security interest,or encumbrance.If a lien, claim, security interest,or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien,claim, security interest,or o encumbrance,including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. §9.10.3 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of w the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms,the Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the Contract, w make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed,corrected,and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. §9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens,Claims,security interests,or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; or .4 audits performed by the Owner,if permitted by the Contract Documents,after final payment. §9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a supplier,shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. §10.2 Safety of Persons and Property §10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury,or loss to Init. AIA Document A201 T1-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U,S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 29 _ Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AEA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site, — under care,custody,or control of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,or a Sub-subcontractor; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,roadways, structures,and utilities not designated for removal,relocation,or replacement in the course of construction. §10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with,and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes, rules and regulations,and lawful orders of public authorities,bearing on safety of persons or property or their — protection from damage,injury,or loss. §10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement,erect,and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards;promulgating safety regulations;and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. §10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment,or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. §10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3.The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. §10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. §10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. §10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,notice of the injury or damage,whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. §10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances — §10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances.If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or — polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB),encountered on the site by the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition. §10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor's notice,the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to cause it to be rendered harmless.Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance.The Contractor and the Architect will AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 30 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AMA° Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) — promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor.By Change Order,the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shutdown,delay,and start-up. §10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages,losses,and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss,or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),except to the extent that such damage,loss,or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. §10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents.The Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or substances required by the Contract Documents,except to the extent of the Contractor's fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. §10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs(1)for remediation of hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles,or(2)where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1,except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner's fault or negligence. 0 §10.3.6 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. w — §10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's discretion,to co prevent threatened damage,injury,or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS §11.1 Contractor's Insurance and Bonds §11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Owner,Architect,and Architect's consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor's commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents. §11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types,for such penal sums,and subject to such terms and conditions as required by the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. §11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor's Required Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or Init. AIA Document A201 T"-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA') Document is protected by U,S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 31 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) expiration.Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor,the Owner shall,unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Owner,have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the — procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor.The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. §11.2 Owner's Insurance §11.2.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability,containing the endorsements,and subject to the terms and conditions,as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance — companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. §11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance.If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance,with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work.Upon receipt of notice from the Owner,the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors,and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work.When the failure to — provide coverage has been cured or resolved,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted.In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage,the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner.The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order.If the Owner does — not provide written notice,and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto. §11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner's Required Property Insurance.Within three(3)business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration.Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor: (1)the Contractor,upon receipt of notice from the Owner,shall have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner or the Contractor;(2)the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted;and(3)the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors,and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled.If the Contractor purchases replacement coverage,the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropriate Change Order.The furnishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide required insurance. §11.3 Waivers of Subrogation §11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors,agents,and employees, each of the other;(2)the Architect and Architect's consultants;and(3) Separate Contractors,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents,and employees,for damages caused by fire,or other causes of loss,to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance required by the Agreement or other property insurance applicable to the Project,except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance.The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate, shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Architect,Architect's consultants, Separate Contractors,subcontractors,and — sub-subcontractors.The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this section 11.3.1 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation.This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity(1)even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise,(2)even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly,or(3)whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged property. §11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,to the extent permissible by such policies,the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate -- property insurance. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 32 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §11.4 Loss of Use,Business Interruption,and Delay in Completion Insurance The Owner, at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property,or the inability to conduct normal operations,due to fire or other causes of loss.The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner's property,due to fire or other hazards however caused. §11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss §11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2. The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner,and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner. §11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss,the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds.The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds.If the Contractor does not object,the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation.Upon receipt,the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions.Thereafter,if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience,the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose. If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds,the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss,and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15.Pending resolution of any dispute,the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK a §12.1 Uncovering of Work §12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if requested in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. ¢� §12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the costs of uncovering the Work,and the cost of correction,shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2 Correction of Work §12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections,the cost of uncovering and replacement,and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the Contractor's expense. §12.2.2 After Substantial Completion §12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1,or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so,unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during Init. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA''Document is protected by U,S,Copyright Law and International Treaties, 33 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AI/0 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. — §12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. §12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. -- §12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors,whether completed or partially completed,caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. — §12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. — §12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located,excluding that jurisdiction's choice of law rules.If the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution,the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. §13.2 Successors and Assigns §13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns,and legal representatives to covenants,agreements,and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided in Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. §13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project,if the lender assumes the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.The — Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. §13.3 Rights and Remedies §13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights,and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. §13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect,or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing. AIA Document A201TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 34 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §13.4 Tests and Inspections §13.4.1 Tests,inspections,and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,codes,rules,and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities.Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections,and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections,and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.The Owner shall bear costs of tests,inspections,or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests,inspections,or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. §13.4.2 If the Architect,Owner,or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing,inspection,or approval not included under Section 13.4.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection,or approval,by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. §13.4.3 If procedures for testing,inspection,or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure,including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses,shall be at the Contractor's expense. §13.4.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection,or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. §13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections,or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. o §13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. §13.5 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date pa yment p p yment is due at the rate the parties agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §14.1 Termination by the Contractor §14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work,for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; .2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency,that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2. §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor,their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensions,delays,or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3,constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. Init. AIA Document A201TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AEA') Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 35 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA1' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days'notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed,as well — as reasonable overhead and profit on Work not executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination. §14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. — §14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause §14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,codes,rules and regulations,or lawful — orders of a public authority; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. §14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist,and upon certification by the Architect that — sufficient cause exists to justify such action,the Owner may,without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,seven days'notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: — .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon written request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. §14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. §14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. §14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience — §14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work,in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. §14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay,or interruption under Section 14.3.1.Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is,was,or would have been,so suspended,delayed,or interrupted,by another cause — for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. §14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience §14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. §14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall — .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; AIA Document A201 TM'—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The — Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 36 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA8 Document,or any portion of it.may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. §14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed;costs incurred by reason of the termination,including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts;and the termination fee,if any,set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §15.1 Claims §15.1.1 Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,payment of money,a change in the Contract Time,or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.This Section 15.1.1 does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract,whether in contract,tort,breach of warranty or otherwise,in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work.The Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2. §15.1.3 Notice of Claims §15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered o prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the LIJ Initial Decision Maker.Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition w giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. §15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor,where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2,shall be initiated by notice to the other party.In such event,no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required. §15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance §15.1.4.1 Pending final resolution of a Claim,except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. §15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker's decision, subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15.The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker. §15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim.Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. §15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time §15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work.In the case of a continuing delay,only one Claim is necessary. Init. AIA Document A2011"—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAe' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 37 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably — anticipated,and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. §15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such — persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit,except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. —" This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude assessment of liquidated damages,when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §15.2 Initial Decision §15.2.1 Claims,excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4,and 11.5,shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision.The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker,unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement.Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1,an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim.If an initial decision has not been rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker,the party asserting the Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree,the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. §15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions:(1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party,(2)reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that,in the Initial Decision Maker's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. §15.2.3 In evaluating Claims,the Initial Decision Maker may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision.The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. §15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of the request, and shall either(1)provide a response on the requested supporting data,(2)advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished,or(3)advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished.Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. §15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim,or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall(1)be in writing;(2)state the reasons therefor;and(3)notify the parties and the Architect,if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker,of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and,if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation,to binding dispute resolution. §15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time,subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. AIA Document A201 TM—2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AlAx Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 38 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA5 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) """ §15.2.6.1 Either party may,within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision,demand in writing that the other party file for mediation. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. §15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor,the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Owner may, but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. §15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. §15.3 Mediation §15.3.1 Claims,disputes,or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract,except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4,9.10.5,and 15.1.7,shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. — §15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement.A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but,in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2,the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s)and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. C §15.3.3 Either party may,within 30 days from the date that mediation has been concluded without resolution of the dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded without resolution of the dispute,demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof,then both parties waive their rights to binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. w in §15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §15.4 Arbitration §15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement,any Claim subject to,but not resolved by,mediation shall be subject to arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement.The Arbitration shall be conducted in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract,and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration.The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. §15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.For statute of limitations purposes,receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. §15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Init. AIA Document A201"'—2017.Copyright©1911, 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987, 1997,2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIAC Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 39 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA)Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) §15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement,shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having — jurisdiction thereof. §15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder §15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules,either party may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that(1)the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation,(2)the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact,and(3)the arbitrations employ materially — similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). §15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules,either party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration,provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim,dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. — §15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4,whether by joinder or consolidation,the same rights of joinder and consolidation as those of the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. AIA Document A201 TM-2017.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987,1997,2007 and 2017 by The Init. American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WARNING:This AOA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 40 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law,This document was produced by AIA software at 14:41:47 ET on 08/07/2019 under Order No.5111871888 which expires on 07/11/2020,and is not for resale. User Notes: (1462990693) — SECTION 00 7300 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. These Supplementary Conditions amend and supplement the General Conditions defined in Document 00 7200 - General Conditions and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. Provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. B. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions that are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.03 MODIFICATIONS TO AIA A201 1.04 ARTICLE 1.1 - BASIC DEFINITIONS A. 1.1.9 Workmanship: 1. The degree of skill in which the Work is completed. 2. All Work is to be completed in a professional manner by a skilled and experienced craftsman in accordance with the manufacturer's installations instructions. 3. All pipes, conduits, ducts, and supports are to be installed parallel or perpendicular to the building lines while maintaining the integrity of the installation. 1.05 ARTICLE 1.2 - CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. 1.2.1.1 Add Subparagraph: 1. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and/or quantity of Work required oy the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and/or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the engineer/architect's interpretation without change in he contract sum. 1.06 ARTICLE 7.2 - CHANGE ORDERS A. Add the following subparagraph: 1. 7.2.2: The following fees apply to Changes in the Work: a. A 10 percent maximum on overhead and profit for the direct cost of Work performed by a Contractor or Subcontractor; b. A 5 percent maximum overhead and profit on indirect costs of a Contractor's Subcontractors; ' c. The total mark-up shall not exceed 20 percent and all mark-ups are subject to the Architect approval. d. On Work deleted from the Contract, credit to the Owner shall be the Architect approved net cost plus 1/2 of the overhead and profit percentage noted above. 2. In the case of an increase or decrease in the contract sum, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized account*ig together with appropriate supporting data, showing adjustments on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change. 1.07 ARTICLE 7.3- CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES A. Add the following subparagraph: 1. 7.3.11: The following fees apply to Changes in the Work in accordance with Subparagraph 7.3.6: a. A 10 percent maximum on overhead and profit for the direct cost of Work performed by a Contractor or Subcontractor; b. A 5 percent maximum overhead and profit on indirect costs of a Contractor's Subcontractor; c. The total mark-up shall not exceed 20 percent and all mark-ups are subject to the Architect approval. d. On Work deleted from the Contract, credit to the Owner shall be the Architect approved net cost plus 1/2 of the overhead and profit percentage noted above. 2. In the case of an increase or decrease in the contract sum, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 7300 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair appropriate supporting data, showing adjustments on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change. 1.08 ARTICLE 8 -TIME A. Add the following subparagraph: 1. 8.2.4: Contract Time is identified in Section 00 3113 - Bidding and Construction Schedule. 1.09 ARTICLE 11.1 - CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Add the following Paragraph as follows: B. Insurance: C. The Contractor shall secure and maintain such insurance from an insurance company authorized to write casualty insurance in the State where the work is located as will protect himself, his subcontractors and which shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and the Architect and their officers, agents, and employees from and against all claims for bodily injury, death or property damage which may arise from the Contractor's operations under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor and Subcontractor. D. The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all insurance required under this section and shall have filed the certificate of insurance with the Owner and a copy with the Owner's attorney. Each insurance policy shall contain a clause assuring the insurance company will not cancel the insurance without thirty days written notice to the Owner, the Owner's attorney, and the Architect of intention to cancel. The amounts of such insurance shall be not less than the following, or greater if required by law: 1. Commercial General Liability(Including Premises- Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): �— a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Name Owner as additional insured): 1) $1,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $50,000 Damage to Rented Premises (Each Occurrence) S- 3) $5,000 Med Exp (Any One Person) 4) $1,000,000 Personal &Advertising Injury 5) $2,000,000 General Aggregate 6) $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate b. Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for two years after final 9 payment. c. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C, or U coverage as applicable. d. Contractual Liability to be included. 2. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: a. Bodily Injury: 1) $1,000,000 CSL Each Person 2) $(included) Each Occurrence b. Property Damage: 1) $(included) Each Occurrence Yu. 3. Umbrella Excess Liability: Name Owner as additional insured: a. Excess Liability: 1) $3,000,000 Each Occurrence 2) $3,000,000 Aggregate 4. Worker's Compensation: a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal Statutory NMI 1) (e.g. Longshoremen's) c. Employer's Liability 1) $1,000,000 Each Accident 2) $1,000,000 Disease - EA Employee 3) $1,000,000 Disease- Policy Limit 5. Rented Equipment: a. Special/Replacement Cost 1) $100,000 Rented Equipment Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 7300- Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 6. Per occurrence - 30 day notice of cancellation/non-renewal - no waiver of subrogation. 1.10 ARTICLE 11.2 - PROPERTY INSURANCE A. The Owner will be responsible for purchasing and maintaining a "special form"or equivalent policy as described in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. 1. The General Conditions refers to the policy as an "all-risk" policy. This verbiage shall be replaced with "special form". B. A copy of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction can be obtaired at the office of the Architect. 1.11 ARTICLE 11 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND A. Add the following: 1. 11.1.4: The bond value requirements are as follows: a. Provide bonds on a standard surety bond form. b. Provide a 100 percent Performance Bond. c. Provide a 100 percent Payment Bond. d. Deliver bonds within 3 days after execution of the Contract. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 0) 0 c'a m 0 0 w d 0 w cn Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 7300 - Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Project No. 19-23187 Section 00 7300- Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on changes. E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 00 7200 - General Conditions and Document 00 7300 - Supplementary Conditions: Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Use Schedule of Values Form: AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement. B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in I eu of standard form specified; submit draft to Architect for approval. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. E. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification section. Identify site mobilization. F. Include separately from each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. G. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Pa}ment. 1.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: On the first of the month, ninety-five (95%)for the portion of the contract sum properly allocable to labor, materials, and equipment incorporated to the last day of the month. Request for payments should be submitted by the Contractor. B. Use Form AIA G702 and Form AIA G703, edition stipulated in the Agreement. C. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in 'Feu of standard form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval. D. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. E. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number. 2. Description of work. 3. Scheduled Values. 4. Previous Applications. 5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application. 6. Authorized Change Orders. 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application. 8. Percentage of Completion. 9. Balance to Finish. 10. Retainage. F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. I. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment when submitting paper copies. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 2000 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair J. Include the following with the application: 1. Transmittal letter as specified for submittals in Section 01 3000. 2. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000. 3. Project record documents as specified in Section 01 7800, for review by Owner which will be returned to the Contractor. K. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to Contract Documents. B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time, Architect will issue instructions directly to Contractor. C. For other required changes, Architect will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. D. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within seven days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of CJ the Contract. 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount o will be based on Contractor's price quotation. �' 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, where applicable, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. G. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide the following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 2000 - Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair H. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. I. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. J. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7000. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 0) 0 N L) O O 1.1.1 cn W Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 2000- Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair _ _ _ ~- ~- _ _ ' � � _ _ ~- _ _ _ Project No. 19-23187 Section O12O0O- Page 4of4 -- 6 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair _ SECTION 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction meeting. B. Progress meetings. C. Construction progress schedule. D. Submittals in general. E. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. F. Number of copies of submittals. G. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. B. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents; operation and maintenance data; warranties and bonds. 1.03 PROJECT COORDINATOR A. Project Coordinator: General Contractor. B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site; for field offices and sheds, for employee access, traffic, and parking facilities. C. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator. D. Comply with Project Coordinator's procedures for intra-project communications submittals, reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution of ZS ambiguities and conflicts. E. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. F. Coordinate field engineering and layout work under instructions of the Project Coordinator. G. Make the following types of submittals to Architect through the Project Coordinator: LU 1. Requests for Interpretation. 2. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 3. Test and inspection reports. 4. Design data. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 6. Applications for payment and change order requests. 7. Progress schedules. 8. Coordination drawings. 9. Correction Punch List and Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. 10. Closeout submittals. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B. Project Coordinator will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. C. Attendance Required: 1. Owner. 2. Architect. 3. Contractor. D. Note: The following agenda items are not intended to be the final or a complete list of the items that will be discussed. A complete agenda will be distributed at the preconstruction meeting. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3000 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair E. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2, Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, Owner and Architect. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. 8. Shop drawings submittal, review times, and overall process. 9. Open for comments; attendees are encouraged to bring other topics or concerns up for discussion at this time. F. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with copies to Architect, Owner, other participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Architect will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly intervals. B. Attendance Required: 1. Contractor. 2. Owner. 3. Architect. 4. Contractor's superintendent. — 5. Major subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. =— 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 11. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. _ 12. Other business relating to work. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. _ E. Architect will record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with copies to the Contractor, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 7 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 60 days of work, with a general outline for remainder of work. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 5 days. C. Within 7 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. D. Within 5 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. E. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3000- Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 3.04 SUBMITTALS IN GENERAL A. All submittals shall be submitted to the Architect through the Project Coordinator- No exceptions. B. PDFs by e-mail is the preferred method; coordinate with Architect's representative. 1. Refer to "Requirements for Electronically Submitted Shop Drawings"attached to this section. C. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. D. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. E. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. F. By submitting submittals, the General Contractor represents to Architect that General Contractor has: 1. Reviewed and approved them. 2. Determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so. 3. Checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work of the Contract Documents. G. Submittals that do not appear to be reviewed and approved will be returned to tie General Contractor without the Architect's review. Time delays for this breach in procedure will be at the ry sole expense of the General Contractor. H. All shop drawings shall be submitted no later than 45 days after execution of the contract. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW w A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. w 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. cn 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3000- Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in compliance with requirements of Section 01 7800- Closeout Submittals: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. 5. Other types as indicated. D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. E. Refer to Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals. 3.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Requirements: B. Shop Drawing Procedures: 1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting the Contract Documents and coordinating related work. 2. Generic, non-project-specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet the requirements for shop drawings. C. Transmit each submittal with a copy of approved submittal form. 1. For shop drawing submittals use form attached to this specification section. D. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. E. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. F. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. G. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. H. For each submittal for review, allow 10 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. I. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. J. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. K. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. L. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. bmor M. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3000 - Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 01 3000--ATTACHMENT SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL FORM Architects Project# 19-23187 Project Name: 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Division Number: Shop Drawing # Division Name: Date: Item: Subcontractor or Supplier Approval: General Contractor Approval: 0) a 0 LU 0 w u3 Architect/ Engineer Review: Other Reviews and Comments L L tj-' (.1 SECTION 01 3000 --ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRONICALLY SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. The Contractor shall fill out and include the submittal cover sheet included in the project manual. 2. The shop drawings are to be reviewed by the Contractor before submitting. All field required verifications and missing information shall be completed and duly noted on the drawings. The Contractor shall review them and verify that the products submitted are acceptable per the specifications. The Contractor shall then affix their stamp on the submittal cover sheet. Contractor must review- No pass through drawings are permitted. 3. The Contractor shall prepare a single PDF file so that all sheets of the submittal are included in one document. Only ONE specifications section per submittal is permitted. Each PDF shall contain Bookmarks set to the destination of separate items contained within the file. If the Contractor elects to use their own transmittal sheet it shall be a separate attachment. 4. Scans shall be in color. All pages shall be oriented correctly. Actual sheet sizes for the submittal shall be 11x17 or 8 1/2 x11 whenever possible. All print and details must be legible at those sizes. Larger file sheets such as 24x36 sheet size shall be identified in the e-mail. 5. The e-mail subject line shall list the five digit project number first followed by the project name. Then the section number and a brief description of the submittal contents shall follow the submittal number. Example: 12345 High School Addition 23 3700-Air outlets &inlets Sub#05. 6. The PDF file or attachment shall be named as follows. Example: 23 3700-Air outlets &inlets 12345 High School Addition Sub #05.pdf 7. Samples and color selections associated with the drawings shall be included in a separateClt o attachment when practical. Actual samples, color selections shall be delivered to ISG and the cp shop drawings will not be reviewed until actual samples are received. 8. The Architect/ Engineer will review the drawings, make notes as required on the drawings and , stamp them. The PDF file shall then be renamed by adding the action required such as REVIEWED, FURNISH AS CORRECTED, REVISE AND RESUBMIT or REJECTED. Example: w 23 3700-Air outlets &inlets 12345 High School Addition Sub #05 REVIEWED.paf Go 9. The Architect/ Engineer shall then use the original email and attach the reviewec drawings and forward back to the contractor. The e-mail that they are attached to will be considered the transmittal. Any notes in the body of the email from the engineer/architect shall be considered as written on the sheets of the PDF file. 10. No hard copies will be sent by the Architect/ Engineer. Note: Hard copies will be required to be included in the O&M Manuals as part of the project close out submittals. END OF ATTACHMENT S•• C 41.1mP loonr low Um, SECTION 01 3510 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 INTENT AND CONDITIONS A. Intent 1. Define and coordinate structural testing and special inspection services. 2. Define and coordinate conventional testing and inspection services. 3. Provide greater confidence that the specified work is constructed in compliance with the contract documents and Chapter 17 of the 2012 International Building Code. 4. Testing and Inspection services are intended to assist in determining probable compliance of the work with requirements specified. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the requirements of the contract documents. B. Conditions 1. If inspection of fabricator's work is required, the Owner's representative may require testing and inspection of the work at the plant, before shipment. Owner, Architect and Structural Engineer of Record (SER) reserve the right to reject material not complying with the contract documents. 2. Testing and inspection shall be performed in accordance with the industry standard used as the reference for the specific material or procedure unless other criteria are specified. In the absence of a referenced standard, tests shall be accomplished in accordance with generally accepted industry standards. 3. Work shall be checked as it progresses, but failure to detect any defective work or materials shall in no way prevent later rejection if defective work or materials are discovered, nor shall it obligate Owner to accept such work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to PART 3 for technical scope sections regarding specific qualifications, inspections, tests, frequency and standards required. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Testing— Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring physical manipulation and analysis of a materials, in accordance with approved standards. B. Inspection— Evaluation of systems, primarily requiring observation and engineering judgment. cn C. Structural Testing and Special Inspection —Structural Testing and Special Inspection Services herein include items required by the 2012 IBC and other items which in the professional judgment of the Structural Engineer of Record, are critical to the integrity of the building structure. D. Conventional Testing and Inspection—Conventional Testing and Inspection Services herein describe those items not specially required by Code but may be considered essential to the proper performance of the building systems. E. Architect of Record—The prime consultant in charge of overall design and coordination of the project. F. Structural Engineer of Record (SER)—The Licensed Engineer in responsible charge of the structural design for the project. G. Licensed Structural Engineer: —A professional engineer with education and experience in the design of structures similar to this project licensed to practice in the state in which the project is located. H. Testing Agency(TA)—The properly qualified firm performing testing services. I. Special Inspector (SI)—A properly qualified individual or firm performing specia inspections. J. Building Official —The Officer or his duly authorized representative charged with the administration and enforcement of the Building Code. K. Continuous—The full-time observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 - Page 1 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair L. Periodic—The part-time or intermittent observation of work requiring special inspection by an approved special inspector who is present in the area where the work is being performed. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM E329-02- Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. B. ASTM E43-02 - Standard Practice for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing. C. ASTM C1077-02 - Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. D. ASTM C1093-95- Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. E. ASTM D3740-01 - Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. F. AISC Steel Construction Manual 14th Edition (2010) G. International Building Code (2012). H. See technical sections of PART 3 for specific references. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Testing Agency(TA)—The testing agency shall be an approved independent testing agency acceptable to the Owner, Architect, SER and as noted below: 1. Authorized to operate in the state in which the project is located and experienced with the requirements and testing methods specified in the technical scope sections of PART 2. 2. Meeting applicable requirements of Section 1.04 "References". 3. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either the National Bureau of Standards, or to accepted values of natural physical constants. B. Special Inspector (SI)—The special inspector shall be under the direct supervision of a registered civil/structural engineer, experienced with the type of work requiring structural testing and special inspection. 1. The categories of special inspector are: a. Special Inspector-Technical I, II, and III: Usually an employee of a testing agency. b. Special Inspector- Structural I and II: Preferably an employee of the SER's firm. 2. Unique special inspector requirements, for specific materials and system, are noted in related technical specification sections. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Structural Testing and Special Inspection 1. Special Inspectors: a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. b. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. c. Test and/or inspect the work assigned for conformance with the building department approved design drawings, specifications and applicable material and workmanship provisions of the Code. Perform testing and inspection in a timely manner to avoid delay of work. d. Bring discrepancies to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction, confirm that they are corrected and, if uncorrected after a reasonable period of time, bring to the attention of the Structural Engineer of Record, the Building Official, and to the Architect. e. Submit test and/or inspection reports to the Building Official, Contractor, the Structural Engineer of Record, and other designated persons in accordance with the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule. f. Submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans, specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of the Code. 2. Testing Agency: Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510- Page 2 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. b. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. c. When engaged as a special inspector, provide structural testing and special inspection services as previously described. 3. Architect of Record (or other prime consultant): a. Complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. Provide a completed copy of the schedule to all signed parties including Building Official. b. If appropriate, arrange and attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structural testing and special inspection. Include Contractor, Building Official, SER, Testing Agency and other parties concerned. c. Coordinate the flow of reports and related information to expedite resolution of construction issues. 4. Structural Engineer of Record (SER): a. Identify items requiring structural testing and special inspection includ ng special cases. b. Define "type" of special inspector required for"description" of work incicated on the structural testing and special inspection schedule. c. Complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Surr mary Schedule prior to commencement of construction. d. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope o1 structural testing and special inspection. e. Review reports submitted by special inspectors. f. If engaged as a special inspector, provide structural testing and special inspection services as previously described. 5. Contractor: 0;5- a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction b. Coordinate efforts to gain signatures of all signing parties other than t'ie Architect and Structural Engineer of Record (SER). a c. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of structuralLiJ testing and special inspection. d. Post or make available the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule within its office at the job site. Also, provide adequate notifi:;ation to those parties designated on the schedule so they may properly prepare for and schedule their work. e. Provide the special inspectors access to the approved drawings and specifications at the job site. f. Review reports submitted by special inspectors. g. Retain at the job site all reports submitted by the special inspectors fcr review by the building official upon request. h. Correct in a timely manner, deficiencies identified in inspection and/or testing reports. i. Provide the special inspector safe access to the work requiring inspection and/or testing. j. Provide labor and facilities to provide access to the work and to obtain, handle and deliver samples, to facilitate testing and inspection and for storage and curing of test samples. k. Verification of conformance of the work within specified construction tolerances is solely the Contractor's responsibility. 6. Fabricator: a. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencing construction. b. Submit a Certificate of Compliance to the Building Official, Special Inspector, and Structural Engineer of Record that the work was performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 - Page 3 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 7. Building Official (Typical responsibilities noted for information only): a. Determine work, which in the Building Officials opinion, involves unusual hazards or conditions in accordance with the IBC. b. Review special inspector qualifications. c. Accept and sign the completed Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule. d. Review all fabricators who perform work in their shop, which requires special inspection. e. Review reports and recommendations submitted by the special inspectors. f. Review the "final signed reports" submitted by the special inspector(s). These documents should be accepted and approved by the building department prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 8. Owner: a. Establish direct funding to provide for cost of structural testing and special inspection services. b. Provide special inspector with approved design drawings, specifications and approved shop drawings. c. Provide special inspectors and testing agencies with full access to site at all times. d. Sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of construction. B. Conventional Testing and Inspection 1. Testing Agency: a. Test or inspect the work assigned, for conformance with building department approved plans, specifications and applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. b. Bring non-conforming items to the immediate attention of the Contractor, and if uncorrected to the Architect of Record. c. Submit test and/or inspection reports to the Architect of Record, the Contractor and other designated persons. 2. Contractor: a. Provide adequate notification to testing agency so they may properly prepare for and schedule their work. b. Provide testing agency with access to the approved design drawings, approved shop drawings and specifications at the job site. c. Correct in a timely manner, deficiencies identified in test and/or inspection reports. d. Provide testing agency with safe access to the work requiring testing and inspection. e. Provide labor and facilities to provide access to the work and to obtain and handle samples, to facilitate testing and inspection and for storage and curing of test samples. f. Verification of conformance of the work within specified construction tolerances is solely the Contractor's responsibility. 3. Architect of Record (or other prime consultant): a. Coordinate the flow of reporting and related information to expedite resolution of construction issues. C. Inspections by Building Official 1. Contractor shall provide adequate notice for inspections performed by the Building Official, as required by the 2012 IBC and local ordinance. D. Periodic Site Observations by Design Consultant 1. Special structural testing and inspection, conventional testing and inspection, and periodic inspections by the Building Official do not preclude the normal field involvement and site observations by Architect or Structural Engineer of Record, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of any responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications. E. Limits of Authority 1. Testing agents and/or special inspectors may not waive or alter contract requirements, or approve or accept any portion of the work unless specifically authorized by the Architect or Structural Engineer of Record. They may not assume any duties of the Contractor, and they have no authority to stop or reject"Work". Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510- Page 4 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 1.07 PAYMENT A. Owner shall directly employ and pay for services of the special inspectors to perform required Structural Testing and Special Inspection. B. Owner shall employ and pay for services of the testing agency to perform required Conventional Testing and Inspection. C. Unless noted otherwise, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, samples, mock-ups, and assemblies required for testing and inspection and shall pay for all shipping costs related to delivery of this work. Testing agency will pay for shipping costs of samples transported from site to lab. D. If exploratory work is required to determine the cause of defects, the cost of such work shall be paid by the Contractor, if the work is found to be defective, in the judgment of the Architect/Engineer. Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all costs incurred in this event. E. Any tests required to qualify the Contractor, or the workmen for any phase of the work, shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.08 INSPECTION NOTICE A. Contractor shall provide minimum of 24 hours notice for all items requiring testing or inspection. Items requiring testing and inspection services prior to or during placement shall not be placed until testing and inspection services are available. Items requiring testing and inspection services after placement shall not be enclosed or obscured until testing and inspection services are performed. 1.09 REPORTS A. Testing agency and/or special inspectors shall submit reports in accordance with the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule and shall conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether; (1)test specimens and observations comply with Contract Documents, and specifically state any deviations, (2) record types and locations of defects found in work, (3) record work required and performed, to correct deficiencies. B. Reports for structural testing and special inspection, shall be submitted in timely manner to the Contractor, Building Official, SER, and Architect of Record. 1. Submit reports for ongoing work, to provide the information noted below: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Firm name and address. d. Name and signature of tester or inspector. e. Date and time of sampling. f. Date of test or inspection. g. Identification of product and specification section. h. Location in project, including elevations, grid location and detail. i. Type of test or inspections. j. Results of tests or inspections and interpretation of same. k. Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents or deviations there from. 2. Submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans, specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of the code. C. Reports for conventional testing and inspection shall be submitted in a timely manner to the Contractor and the Architect of Record. 1.10 FREQUENCY OF TESTING AND INSPECTION A. For detailed requirements see technical sections of PART 3. 1.11 PROTECTION AND REPAIR A. Upon completion of testing, sample-taking, or inspection, the Contractor shall repair damaged work and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in the visual qualities of exposed surfaces, as judged solely by the Architect/Engineer of Record. Protect work exposed by or for testing and/or inspection and protect repaired work. Repair and Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 - Page 5 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for testing and/or inspection. 1.12 TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE QUALIFICATION A. If the Contractor proposes a product material, method, or other system that has not been pre-qualified, the Architect may require applicable tests, to establish a basis for acceptance or rejection. These tests will be paid for by the Contractor. B. The Architect/Engineer of Record reserves the right to require certification or other proof that the system proposed, is in compliance with any tests, criteria or standards called for. The certificate shall be signed by a representative of an independent testing agency. PART 2 MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 SCOPE OF TESTING AND INSPECTION 3.01 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION PROGRAM SUMMARY A. The parties involved shall complete and sign the Structural Testing and Special Inspection Summary Schedule. The Program, including Summary Schedule, shall be submitted to the building official for approval prior to issuance of a building permit. The competed schedule includes the following: 1. A specific listing of the items requiring inspection and testing. 2. The associated technical scope sections that define the applicable standards by which to judge conformance with the approved plans and specifications in accordance with the IBC. The technical scope sections should also include the degree or basis of inspection and testing; i.e., intermittent/will-call or full-time/continuous. 3. The frequency of reporting, i.e., weekly, monthly, per test/inspection, per floor, etc. 4. The parties responsible for performing the inspection and testing work. 5. The required acknowledgments by each designated party. 3.02 CONVENTIONAL TESTING AND INSPECTION A. (Not Used) 3.03 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. Refer to attached Program Summary Schedule for this project. It includes a schedule of Special Inspection services applicable to this project and the identity of agencies to be retained for conducting these inspections and tests. B. The Special Inspector shall keep records of all inspections and shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official, the Architect and Structural Engineer of Record. Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If such discrepancies are not corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official, the Architect and SER. The Special Inspection program does not relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities. C. Interim reports shall be submitted to the Building Official, Architect, and SER. D. A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting completion of all required Special Inspections, testing and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy. 3.04 TECHNICAL SECTIONS A. Section 2000—Masonry 1. General a. Special inspection of masonry is required during preparation of masonry wall prisms or test specimens, sampling and placing of masonry units, placement of structural reinforcement, cleanout of grout space immediately prior to closing of elements, and during all grouting operations. b. Inspections noted below as being periodic shall be performed at least once per 500 square feet, except 100% of shear walls, masonry beams, and masonry columns shall be inspected. 2. Definitions a. Refer to PART 1 for standard definitions. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510- Page 6 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair b. Special Inspector—Technical 1) Technical I: Technician shall be under the direct supervision of a Technical III regularly engaged in testing and inspection of this type of work. The licensed engineer shall review and approve all inspection reports. 2) Technical II: Graduate civil/structural engineer, with experience in this type of work. Supervised by a Technical III. The licensed engineer shall review and approve all inspection reports. 3) Technical Ill: A civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in this type of work with a minimum of 4 years experience, licensed in the State in which the project is located, and is an employee of a qualified and approved testing laboratory. The licensed engineer shall review and approve all reports. c. Special Inspector—Structural 1) Structural I: Graduate civil/structural engineer, or other personnel acceptable to the SER, with experience in the design of structural systems of this type. Inspections shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Structural II. 2) Structural II: Civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of structural systems of this type, licensed in the state in which the project is located. The licensed engineer shall review and approve all inspection reports. 3) Special Inspector- Structural may be an employee of the SER. 3. Structural Testing and Special Inspection Requirements— Level B (Item and Frequency and Qualifications) a. Samples and Tests for Special Inspections 1) Masonry Unit Test—shall be performed in accordance with IBC Section 2105 and IBC Section 1705.4, as follows: (a) Units conform to ASTM C 55 or ASTM C 90. (b) Test units according to ASTM C 140 prior to the start of corstruction. (c) During construction one set of tests for each 5,000 SF of wall area, but not less than on set for the project. Technical I 2) Prism Tests - number and frequency in accordance with IBC Section 2105, as follows: (a) A set of 3 masonry prisms for each masonry type requiring resting, shall be built and tested in accordance with ASTM C1314 prior to the start of construction. (b) During construction a set of 3 masonry prisms shall be built and tested in accordance with ASTM C1314 for each 5,000 SF of wall area in question, but not less than one set of 3 masonry prisms for the project.(c) The compressive strength of masonry determined in accordance with ASTM C1314 for each set of prisms shall equal or exceed specified fm. Technical 3) Preparation, storage, handling of prism tests. (Contractor shall provide labor and materials to construct all prism tests.) Technical I b. Masonry Preparation and Placement 1) Base Conditions: On a periodic basis, verify that masonry bearing surfaces are clean. 2) Condition of Units: On a periodic basis, verify that masonry unit:. are clean and sound and dry. 3) Placement: On a periodic basis, inspect laying of masonry units for the following: nominal unit widths, stack or running bond, proper thickness and tooling of mortar joints, acceptable depth of furrowing of bed joints. Note temperature at time of inspection. 4) Joints: On a periodic basis, inspect construction, expansion and contraction joints for location and continuity of steel. 5) On a periodic basis, verify hot and cold weather procedures are'ollowed. 6) On a periodic basis, verify wall cavities are protected against entry of precipitation. Structural I c. Masonry Reinforcement: 1) Vertical Reinforcement: On a periodic basis, inspect placement and alignment of vertical bars and dowels for size, grade and spacing. Inspect length of lap Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 - Page 7 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair splices, clearances between bars, clearances to masonry units and outside face of walls, and positioning of steel. 2) Horizontal Reinforcement: On a periodic basis, inspect horizontal joint reinforcement steel and masonry reinforcement bars for size, length of lap splices, dowels, clearances between bars, clearance to masonry units and outside face of walls, and alignment. 3) Ties: On a periodic basis, inspect ties in masonry for type, straightness, embedment, spacing and size. 4) Dowels and Anchors: On a periodic basis, inspect the installation of masonry anchor bolts, joist anchors, inserts, straps, and dowels. Structural I 5) Welding Reinforcement: Welded splices should be done only upon approval; continuous inspection during welding. d. Prior to Masonry Grouting and Capping 1) Grout Spaces: On a periodic basis, verify that grout spaces are correctly sized and clean, cleanouts are closed after inspection and grout barriers are in place before grouting. 2) Reinforcement: On a periodic basis, verify placement of reinforcement and connectors remains consistent with construction documents. 3) Site Prepared Grout: On a periodic basis, verify proportions of site prepared grout are consistent with previously submitted materials. Structural I e. During Grouting Operations 1) Grouting: On a periodic basis, verify proper grouting technique including consolidation to approved height of grout space, reconsolidation and vibration. 2) Dry Packing: On a periodic basis, verify proper application of dry packing. Structural I f. General Compliance 1) On a periodic basis, verify that work is being performed in accordance with the contract documents and the approved submittals and that materials used are consistent with prior submittals. Structural I 4. Conventional Testing and Inspection Requirements a. Not Used. B. Section 1200-Structural Steel 1. General a. If special inspection of fabricators work is required, testing agent may test and inspect structural steel at plant before shipment. Owner and SER reserve right to reject cf material not complying with Contract Documents at any time before final acceptance. 2. Definitions a. Refer to PART 1 for standard definitions. I b. A.S.N.T: The American Society for Non-destructive Testing. c. N.D.E.: Non-destructive Evaluation. d. A.W.SJC.A.W.I.: American Welding Society/Certified Associate Weld Inspector. e. A.W.S./C.W.I.: American Welding Society/Certified Weld Inspector. f. R.C.S.C: Research Council On Structural Connections g. Special Inspector—Technical: Shall be employed by a testing agency and shall be supervised by an A.W.S./C.W.I. with a minimum of 10 years experience or an A.S.N.T. Level III with a minimum of 10 years experience. These individuals shall satisfy the following requirements: 1) Technical I: Non-destructive Testing Technician S.N.T.-TC-1A Level I, and/or A.W.S. Certified Associate Weld Inspector(C.A.W.I.) 2) Technical II: Non-destructive Testing Technician A.S.N.T. TC-1A Level II, (NDE Technician II), A.W.S./C.A.W.I., with minimum 3 years experience, or an A.W.S./C.W.I. 3) Technical III: A.S.N.T. Level III with a minimum of 10 years experience or an A.W.S./C.W.I. with a minimum of 10 years experience. h. Special Inspector—Structural 1) Structural I: Graduate civil/structural engineer, or other personnel acceptable to the SER, with experience in design of structural systems of this type. Inspections shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Structural II. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510- Page 8 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 2) Structural II: Civil/structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of structural systems of this type, licensed in the state in which the project is located. The licensed engineer shall review and approve all inspection reports. 3) Special Inspectors - Structural may be an employee of the SER 3. Structural Testing and Special Inspection Requirements (Item and Frequency and Qualifications) a. High Strength Bolting (Field Installed): 1) General (a) On a periodic basis, visually inspect mating surfaces and bolt type for all slip-critical bolted connections for general conformance with the contract documents prior to bolting. (b) Determine the requirements for bolts, nuts, washers, paint and installation/tightening standards are met. (c) Observe calibration procedures when such procedures are required in the contract documents and verify that selected procedure is used to tighten bolts. Technical II 2) Slip Critical Bolts and Tension Bolts (a) Test bolt tightening in 10% of all bolts. Test a minimum of two bolts in each connection. Verify that all plies of connected elements have been brought into contact, at 100% of connections. Verify all tips are rem oved from "twist"-off bolts. Technical II 3) Bearing Bolts (a) On a periodic basis, visually inspect to confirm all plies of connected elements have been brought into contact, at 100% of connections. (Applies only to bolts designed for values not requiring exclusion of threads from failure plane, all other bolts require testing as for tension bolts.) Technical II 4) Standard (a) Test High Strength bolted connections per R.C.S.C. "Spec(cations for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts." b. High Strength Bolting (Shop Installed): 1) For shop fabricated work, perform tests required for field installa:ion, except that bolt testing may be reduced or deleted, if fabrication shop satisfies AISC Quality Certification Program - Current Certification, or more stringent cr teria, or is approved by building official and SER. Lii 2) In addition to IBC Chapter 17 refer to the following tables in Chapter N of the AISC Steel Construction Manual: (a) Table N5.6-1 Inspection Tasks Prior to Bolting. (b) Table N5.6-2 Inspection Tasks During Bolting. (c) Table N5.6-3 Inspection Tasks After Bolting. c. Welding (General): The Special Inspector shall perform the following on a periodic basis: 1) Prior to start of fabrication determine if fabrication shop meets the criteria for exempting shop welds from inspection and confirm in writing to building official and SER. 2) Verify qualifications of all welders as AWS certified. 3) Verify Manufacturer's certificate of compliance for weld filler materials. 4) Verify proposed welding procedures and materials. 5) Verify adequate preparation of faying surfaces. 6) Verify preheat and interpass temperatures of steel, proper technique and sequence of welding, and cleaning and number of passes are provided as required. Technical II d. Welding (Field): 1) Fillet Welds: On a periodic basis, visually inspect 100% of all fillet welds, for size, length, and quality, per AWS D1.1. Technical II 2) Partial Penetration Welds: Test 100% of all partial penetration welds exceeding 5/16 inch, using Ultrasonic Testing per A.W.S. D1.1. Test 25% of all partial penetration welds less than 5/16 inch, using Magnetic Particle Testing per ASTM E-109, performed on root pass and on finished weld. Technical II Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 - Page 9 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 3) Full Penetration Welds: Test 100% of all full penetration welds exceeding 5/16 inch, using Ultrasonic Testing per A.W.S. D1.1 Test 25% of all full penetration welds less than 5/16 inch, using Magnetic Particle Testing per ASTM E-109, performed on root pass and on finished weld. Technical II 4) Stud Shear Connector Welds: Visually inspect 100% of installed studs for full 360° flash. Test all questionable studs, not showing full 360° flash by bending studs to 15°from vertical, away from weld discontinuity, per AWS D1.1. All ceramic welding ferrules shall be removed by contractor. Randomly test all other studs by bending to 15° from vertical as noted: (a) Studs welded thru deck 15%. (b) Studs welded to bare steel 5%. (c) Alternatively, sound 100% of installed studs, for full penetration weld, using an 8 lb. maul. Test questionable studs as noted above. Welding ferrules need not be removed. Technical I 5) Steel Joist/Joist Girder Welds: Provide testing and inspection for field welds previously described. 6) Deck Welds: On a periodic basis, visually inspect size, location, length and burn thru for 100% of puddle welds on metal deck designed as a structural element, per AWS D1.3. Technical I 7) Cold Formed Metal Framing Welds: On a periodic basis, visually inspect 100% of welds for specified length, size, and continuity in accordance with AWS D1.3 for metal less than 1/8" in thickness, for work designed as a structural element. Technical I 8) Welding of Reinforcing Bars: Visually inspect 100% of all reinforcing bar welds as the welding is performed, per AWS D1.4. (a) Verify weldability of reinforcing steel other than ASTM A706. (b) Verify proper joint preparation is provided and proper electrodes are used and properly stored and dried. Technical II 9) Miscellaneous Metals, Inserts and Prefabricated Components: Where integrity of the connections impact life safety or performance of the building structure, provide testing and inspection as for typical welds previously specified. e. Welding (Shop): 1) Perform inspections as for field welding except weld testing may be reduced or deleted, if fabrication shop satisfies AISC Quality Certification Program - Current Certification, or more stringent criteria, and is approved by building official and SER. 2) In addition to IBC Chapter 17 refer to the following tables in Chapter N of the AISC Steel Construction Manual: (a) Table N5.4-1 Inspection Tasks Prior to Welding. (b) Table N5.4-2 Inspection Tasks During Welding. (c) Table N5.4-3 Inspection Tasks After Welding. f. Mechanical Fasteners (Misc.): 1) Fasteners: Visually inspect specified size, spacing, embedment, and location. Technical I g. Structural Configuration: 1) Submittals: Verify mill test reports and other submitted documentation, for compliance with contract document. Structural I 2) Materials: Verify materials delivered to site comply with contract documents and approved shop drawings. Materials include: (a) Structural Steel (b) Bolts (c) Electrodes (d) Mechanical fasteners (e) Deck gauge Technical I 3) Detail Compatibility. On a periodic basis: (a) Review project documents affecting integrity of the structure, including contract documents and pertinent submittals (approved shop drawings). Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 - Page 10 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair (b) Visit site, at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, to perform review of the structure and visually confirm general compliance with the project documents. (c) Inspect the following to verify member orientation, configuration, type, and size complies with details indicated on the contract documents an approved shop drawings: (1) Bracing and stiffening members. (2) Proper applications of joint details at connections for structural members. (3) Other work critical to the integrity of the building structure. Structural I 4. Conventional Testing and Inspection Requirements (Item and Frequency and Qualifications) a. High Strength Bolting 1) Bolt Material Test: Test a minimum of two bolts of each ASTM class specified, for bolt hardness and tensile properties. SNT-TC-1A 2) Fabrication and Erection Tolerances: Verify in-place structure satisfies specified tolerances. END OF SECTION 0) 0 0 0 w cn Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 Page 11 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair I L . L ♦ 1 Y L I Vow Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 3510 - Page 12 of 12 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Structural Testing and Special Inspection Program Summary Schedule Project Name: 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Project No. 19-23187 Location: Waterloo, Iowa Permit No. (1) Technical (2) Type of Specific Report Assigned Section Article Description (3) Inspector(4) Frequency (5) Firm (6) 04 2000 1705.4 Masonry TA Per IBC 1705.4 _ _ 05 1200 1705.2.1 High-Strength Bolts SI-T Per IBC 1705.2.1 05 1200 1705.2.1 Welding SI-T Per IBC 1705.2.1 Note: This schedule shall be filled out and included in a Special Structural Testing and Inspection Program. (If not otherwise specified, assumed program will be "Guidelines for Special Inspection &Testing".) (1) Permit No. to be provided by the Building Official (2) Referenced to the specific technical scope section in the program. (3) Use descriptions per IBC Chapter 17. (4) Special Inspector—Technical (SIT); Special Inspector—Structural (SIS) (5) Weekly, monthly, per test/inspection, per floor, etc. Per section 01 3510 of spec book. o (6) Name of Firm contracted to perform services. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS (Each appropriate representative shall sign below) Owner: Firm: Date: — Contractor: Firm: Date: Architect: Firm: ISG Date: 10/03/2019 SER: lutoi ;� '�"- Firm: ISG Date: 10/03/2019 SI-T: J Firm: Date: SI-S: Firm: Date: TA: Firm: Date: F: Firm: Date: If requested by engineer/architect of record or building official, the individual names of all prospective special inspectors and the work they intend to observe shall be identified as an attachment. Legend: SER = Structural Engineer of Record SI-T= Special Inspector-Technical TA= Testing Agency SI-S = Special Inspector- Structural F = Fabricator Accepted for the Building Department By Date L L L L L L L L 1 L L L L1 L , L L L SECTION 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. References and standards. C. Testing and inspection agencies and services. D. Control of installation. E. Tolerances. F. Manufacturers'field services. G. Defect Assessment. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Document 00 7200 - General Conditions: Inspections and approvals required by public authorities. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. C. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1021 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2014). B. ASTM C1077- Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation; 2017. C. ASTM C1093 - Standard Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Masonry; 2015a, o with Editorial Revision (2016). D. ASTM D3740- Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction; 2012a. E. ASTM E329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection; 2014a. F. ASTM E543 - Standard Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing; 2015. G. ASTM E699 - Standard Specification for Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating of Manufactured Building Components; 2016. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. General: As indicated in individual specification sections. C. Design Data: Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information. D. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report tb; Architect and to Contractor. 1. Include: a. Date issued. b. Project title and number. c. Name of inspector. d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project. g. Type of test/inspection. h. Date of test/inspection. i. Results of test/inspection. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 4000 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair j. Compliance with Contract Documents. k. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results. 2. Test report submittals are for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for Owner's information. E. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Architect. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the Owner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. G. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner. 1. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect for information. 2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. —' H. Erection Drawings: Submit drawings for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for Owner. 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 2. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Architect or Owner. 1.05 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the .—. standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform other specified testing and inspection. 1. Where indicated in individual specification sections the Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing and inspection. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Contractor Employed Agency: 1. Testing agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM E329, ASTM E543, ASTM E699, ASTM C1021, ASTM C1077, ASTM C1093, and ASTM D3740. 2. Inspection agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329. 3. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 4000 - Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 4. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. 5. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using an NIST established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory measurement quality assurance program. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request c arification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. o 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing and inspection required. B. Testing Agency Duties: co 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. "' 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-compliance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers'facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 4000 - Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. F. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. 3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 4000 - Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary sanitary facilities. C. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. D. Vehicular access and parking. E. Waste removal facilities and services. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Owner will provide the following: 1. Electrical power, consisting of connection to existing facilities. a. Contractor shall provide portable generator power as required when connection to existing facilities is not adequate to complete the Work. 2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities. B. Provide and pay for all additional lighting, heating and cooling, and ventilation required to complete the Work. C. Provide and pay for all temporary heating shelters required to complete the work. The Owner will not consider any requests for extra charges related to weather. D. Provide and maintain a minimum light level of 5 foot-candles for a safe work en✓ironment throughout the project. E. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. 1. Replace all damage and worn receptacles used during construction prior t: substantial completion. F. Use trigger-operated nozzles for water hoses, to avoid waste of water. 1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. B. Use of existing sanitary facilities is permitted. C. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. D. At end of construction, return facilities to same or better condition as originally found. 1.04 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1. The term "non-owned" refers to insurance coverage for other vehicles not owned by the named insured's. 1.05 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. B. Provide 6 foot high fence, minimum; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks where applicable. 1. Install fence around entire construction site. C. Installation: Install safety fencing according to manufacturer's instructions, and according to local governing authorities. 1.06 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary partitions as required to separate work areas from Owner-occupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 5000 - Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 1. Dust and Airborne Particulates: Prevent deposition of dust and other particulates in HVAC ducts and equipment. a. Cleaning of ductwork is not contemplated under this Contract. b. Contractor shall bear the cost of cleaning required due to failure to protect ducts and equipment from construction dust. c. Establish condition of existing ducts and equipment prior to start of alterations. d. If extremely dusty or dirty work must be conducted, shut down HVAC systems for the duration; remove dust and dirt completely before restarting systems. B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces: 1.07 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Areas used for roof access, roof access through the building will not be permitted for construction. C. Sufficient surface loads are not expected to be present at the roof location, contractor would need to make accommodations. 1.08 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. 1.09 WASTE REMOVAL A. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. B. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. C. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. D. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. E. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure — unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.10 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 5000- Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Base specified/scheduled products and design intent. E. Inconsistencies. F. Substitutions in general. G. Substitution limitations. H. Procedures for Owner-supplied products. I. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements: Submittals. B. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. C. Section 22 0513 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment: Motors for plumbing equipment. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; 2016. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. o B. The Contractor shall assure the Owner that all new equipment and materials are asbestos free. The Contractor, subcontractors, and material suppliers are required to provide letters of �- non-asbestos confirmation with supporting documentation prior to material installations. The Owner may select materials to test for asbestos at any time including prior to and/or after installation. If suspect asbestos materials are tested and found to contain asbestos, the �n materials shall be abated in accordance with asbestos regulations by an Owner approved consultant and abatement contractor. New asbestos free products shall be re-installed by the contractor supplying such material. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all new materials. If asbestos is found in the new materials, the cost for asbestos design, on-site monitoring, abatement, and replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Owner will collect and pay for the testing of any random suspect asbestos samples. C. Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. D. Where other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. E. Motors: Refer to Section 22 0513- Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment, NEMA MG 1 Type. Specific motor type is specified in individual specification sections. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 60(10 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair D. Products that do not meet project specifications may be rejected at any time during the project. E. Cost associated with replacement product and delay in project schedule due to rejection shall be at sole expense of Contractor. 2.03 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 BASE SPECIFIED/SCHEDULED PRODUCTS AND DESIGN INTENT —' A. Certain specification sections will indicate a base manufacturer and will then list other acceptable manufacturers. Similarly, certain specification sections will list multiple acceptable manufacturers but only one of the manufacturers will be scheduled on a plan sheet. In these — scenarios, the designer has designed the system with considerations for the base manufacturer or the product scheduled on the plan sheet. It is the responsibility of all bidders, contractors, suppliers to ensure that when bidding using an acceptable manufacturer other than the base — manufacturer or the scheduled manufacturer that the design intent is met. Providing a product by an acceptable manufacturer other than the base specified or scheduled manufacturer constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated supplied product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality — level of the base specified/scheduled product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the supplied product as for the base specified/scheduled product. 3. As a result of differences between the base specified/scheduled product and the other acceptable manufacturers will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. 6. Will maintain dimensions, locations, clearances, accesses and other design intent shown on the plan or otherwise provided by the base specified/scheduled product. 3.02 INCONSISTENCIES A. If there is an inconsistency in the quality and/or quantity of Work required by the Contract Documents, either the greater quality and/or quantity of Work indicated shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation without change in the contract sum. 3.03 SUBSTITUTIONS IN GENERAL A. Proposed substitutions are required to be equivalent in all aspects to the specified products including but not limited to appearance, quality, and performance. B. When specified in individual sections actual samples shall be provided a minimum of 12 days prior to the bid due date for Architect's review and approval before products other than those scheduled or specified with be accepted; No Exceptions. 3.04 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, substitutions will be considered up to 10 days before receipt of bids. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 1. The substantiating data shall provide a side by side comparison consisting of sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products.C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. — 2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 6000- Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 3. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequent) become apparent. 5. Agrees to reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. D. Provide complete information on required changes to other Work to accommodate each proposed substitution. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. When a request to substitute a product is made, Architect may approve the substitution and will issue an Addendum to known bidders. G. Substitution Submittal Procedure 1. Transmit each substitution request with the Substitution Request cover lever attached to this specification section. 2. PDFs by e-mail is the preferred method; coordinate with Architect's representative. Only submit paper copies where necessary as follows: a. Submit five copies of request for substitution for consideration. 3. The submitter shall prepare a single PDF file when submitting by e-mail so that all sheets of a submittal are included in one document. Only ONE major product per submittal is permitted. Each PDF shall contain Bookmarks set to the destination of separate item contained within the file. If the submitter elects to use their own transmittal sheet it shall be a separate attachment. a. Scans shall be in color, pages shall be oriented correctly, actual sheer sizes for the submittal shall be 11x17 or 8 1/2x11 whenever possible, and all content must be legible. 4. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 5. Multiple proposed substitutions submitted on one form will only be considered when products are directly related. Major products and components should be listed first. 6. Submit shop drawings, product data, certified test results, etc. attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. LU 7. The Architect will reply with a decision to accept or reject request in a timely manner. CO H. Substitution Submittal Procedure (after contract award): 1. Requests for Substitutions received after Bid Opening will not be considered except in such cases where it is necessary to make a substitution due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of a product, and similar circumstances. Such Requests for Substitution of materials after Contract Award shall be made in writing to the Architect and shall be made within ten (10) days of the date that the Contractor ascertains they cannot obtain the material or equipment specified. 2. Requests for Substitution will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Product Data submittals without a separate previously submitted Request for Substitution Form, or when acceptance will require substantia revision of the Contract Documents. 3. The Architect with approval by the Owner will be the judge of the acceptab lity of all Requests for Substitution received after Bid Opening. 3.05 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers'warranties, inspections, and service. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 6000 - Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling. H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants. G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any. H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. I. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. J. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. K. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. L. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 6000 - Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 01 6000 --ATTACHMENT SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS Architects Project No: 19-23187 Date: Project Name: 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair Specification Section Manufacturer Specified Proposed Manufacturer Indicate drawing sheet name in lieu of specification section where applicable. Vendor/Supplier Name: Address: Contact: E-Mail: Telephone: Fax: Reason for Substitution: LU Does Specification Allow for Substitutions of Proposers Items? Yes: No: _ Will the Substitution Provide Cost Savings to the Owner? Yes: _ No: Are Proposed Substitutions Equivalent/Superior to those Specified? Yes: — No: Did you provided marked-up product information showing side by side comparisons for both the specified products and proposed products? Yes: _ No: , accept responsibility for coordination of proposed substitution and accept all additional costs resulting from the incorporation of proposed substitution into the Project. (Proposers Signature Required) For Architect's Use• Comments: Accepted: Not Accepted: No Action Required: Submission: Incomplete: Too Late: Reviewed By: Date: Woo 111m, Nom %um low • SECTION 01 7000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition, except removal, disposal, and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances. C. Pre-installation meetings. D. Cutting and patching. E. Cleaning and protection. F. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payrient procedures. G. General requirements for maintenance service. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, Electronic document submittal service. B. Section 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures. C. Section 01 5000 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary interior partitions. D. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. E. Section 07 8400 - Firestopping. F. Individual Product Specification Sections: 1. Advance notification to other sections of openings required in work of those sections. 2. Limitations on cutting structural members. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000-Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. w 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 6. Include in request: a. Identification of Project. b. Location and description of affected work. c. Necessity for cutting or alteration. d. Description of proposed work and products to be used. e. Alternatives to cutting and patching. f. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor. g. Written permission of affected separate Contractor. h. Date and time work will be executed. C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For demolition work, employ a firm specializing in the type of work required. 1. Minimum of five years of documented experience. B. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required 'or specific service on Project, licensed in the State in which the Project is located. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7000- Page 1 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair B. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION c 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7000- Page 2 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.05 ALTERATIONS A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field ooservation and existing record documents only. 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. Cti B. Keep areas in which alterations are being conducted separated from other areas that are still occupied. 1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of constructior specified in Section 01 5000 . 2. Provide walk-off mats as required to separate demolition and construction from existing building. 00 C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage. 1. Where openings in exterior enclosure exist, provide construction to make exterior enclosure weatherproof. 2. Insulate existing ducts or pipes that are exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures by alterations work. D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 1. Remove rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and cor Crete; replace with new construction specified. 2. Remove items indicated on drawings. 3. Relocate items indicated on drawings. 4. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. 5. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes anc damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible. E. Services (Including but not limited to Electrical): Remove, relocate, and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction. 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or provide access panel. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7000 - Page 3 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipment as required. 3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service. a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of outages. b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service. 4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities. 5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal using materials specified for new construction. F. Protect existing work to remain. 1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. G. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible. H. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished, patch to match the surface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patch so that the substrate is ready for the new finish. I. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated: 1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. 2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re-cover and refinish to match. Q J. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site. K. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete. L. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section. a 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching. B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements. C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to: 1. Complete the work. 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. 3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. 4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work. 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. 7. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. E. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. 1. All other cutting and patching is to be performed by the responsible trade. F. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. G. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7000 - Page 4 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair I. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, comp etely seal voids with fire rated material , to full thickness of the penetrated element. J. Patching: 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Match color, texture, and appearance. 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of subs:rate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING AND NEWLY INSTALLED WORK A. Protect existing and newly installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for existing and newly installed products. Control activity in immediate, adjacent, and other areas related to the Work to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement o of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. ti F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped or grass covered areas. H. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle materia s if possible. I. Replace soiled or damaged existing and newly installed work that cannot be cleaned to a condition equal to or better than the condition prior to the work; or cleaned to a like new condition for newly installed work. 3.09 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.10 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The intent of final cleaning is to provide the Owner with a product that is free of all dust, dirt, and debris related to the Work, and in a like new condition. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire :est labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. D. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner. 3.11 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to Architect and Owner. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7000 - Page 5 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. C. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection. D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection. E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Architect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to Architect. F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas. G. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion final inspection. H. Complete items of work determined by Architect listed in executed Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections. B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whichever is longer. C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component. E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner. 0 END OF SECTION 6— Project No, 19-23187 Section 01 7000- Page 6 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 01 7800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Preliminary Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit preliminary draft of proposed format and outline of contents in a PDF format before start of Work. Architect will review draft and return with comments. C. Final Operation and Maintenance Manual: Submit final manual and electronic copies with claim for final Application for Payment. Architect will retain one electronic copy. The original manual and one electronic copy will be provided to the Owner. 1. At the option of the Owner provide only an electronic copy in PDF format. D. Warranties and Bonds: Include originals and electronic copy of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of Contents. ; E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and LU operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will ;i0 be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. F. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completior prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7800 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting, B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES Ca A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish: 1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. 2. Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections. D. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed L instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS L A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products. C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7800- Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair D. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. E. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. F. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. G. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. H. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. I. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. J. Include test and balancing reports. K. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.05 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use, with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections. B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for each system. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with du-able plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAIN?ENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Consultants,Contractor, and subcontractors, with names of responsible parties. F. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as on o the divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume, with the current volume clearly identified. G. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identity the contents on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment. up H. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. I. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold la-ger drawings to size of text pages. J. Arrangement of Contents: Organize each volume in parts as follows: 1. Project Directory. 2. Table of Contents, of all volumes, and of this volume. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Arranged by system, then by product category. a. Source data. b. Product data, shop drawings, and other submittals. c. Operation and maintenance data. d. Field quality control data. e. Original warranties and bonds. K. Electronic Copy: Provide two copies of all operation and maintenance data in a PDF format on compact disk. Locate storage devices in the front of the operation and maintenance manual. Label device with project name and substantial completion date. 3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial Completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7800- Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Include originals of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of Contents. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 01 7800- Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 04 0100 MAINTENANCE OF MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water and Chemical cleaning (Chemical cleaning only if needed) of masonry surfaces. B. Replacement of masonry units. C. Repointing mortar joints. D. Repair of damaged masonry. E. Cementitious repair mortar. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 530/530.1/ERTA- Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries; 2011. B. ASTM C216 - Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Mace From Clay or Shale); 2017a. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section. 1. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section. 2. Review conditions of installation, installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on cleaning compounds and cleaning solutions. C. Samples: Submit four samples of face brick units to illustrate matching color, texture and extremes of color range. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: For cleaning materials, indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0 A. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA, except where exceeded by requirements of the Go contract documents.B. Restorer: Company specializing in masonry restoration with minimum five years of documented experience. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Restore and repoint an existing masonry wall area sized 8 feet long by 6 feet high; include in mock-up area instances of mortar, accessories, wall openings, and flashings. B. Clean a 10 ft by 10 ft panel of wall to determine extent of cleaning. 1. Repeat, using different cleaning methods for until acceptable. C. Locate where directed. D. Acceptable panel and procedures employed will become the standard for work+..of this section. E. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. F. Refer to sheet notes. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold and Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530/5a0.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Restoration and Cleaning Chemical: OneRestore by EaCo Chem; www.eacochem.com or approved equivalent. Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 0100 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair B. Heritage Lime Putty Mortar Type 0: US Heritage Group; www.usheritage.com or approved equivalent. C. Mortar Type 0: TCC Materials; www.tccmaterials.com or approved equivalent. D. Heritage High Lime Hydrate Mortar Type N: US Heritage Group; www.usheritage.com or approved equivalent. E. Mortar Type N: TCC Materials; www.tccmaterials.com or approved equivalent. F. Sure Klean Cleaning and Protective Treatments: Prosoco; www.prosoco.com or approved equivalent. G. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements. 2.02 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agent: Detergent type. 2.03 BRICK UNITS A. Facing Brick: ASTM C216, Type FBS Smooth, Grade SW. 1. Color and texture: Match existing. 2. Nominal size: Match existing. 3. Special shapes: Molded units as required by conditions indicated, unless standard units can be sawn to produce equivalent effect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces to be cleaned and restored are ready for work of this section. 3.02 METHOD OF CLEANING A. Test cleaning should start with the gentlest means available (warm water and a soft bristle brush) and then, only if necessary, advance to detergents and other cleaners. Water pressures should begin with very low pressures, such as 100 psi, and only be increased if necessary. Water pressure should not exceed 400 psi. If damage to the historic masonry as part of the cleaning is observed (even if it is not getting perfectly clean)then the cleaning method should be reduced to non-damaging levels. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding elements from damage due to restoration procedures. B. Separate areas to be protected from restoration areas using means adequate to prevent damage. C. Mask immediately adjacent surfaces with material that will withstand cleaning and restoration procedures. D. Protect roof membrane and flashings from damage with 1/2 inch plywood laid on roof surfaces over full extent of work area and traffic route. E. When using cleaning methods that involve water or other liquids, install drainage devices to prevent runoff over adjacent surfaces unless those surfaces are impervious to damage from runoff. 3.04 REBUILDING A. Cut out damaged and deteriorated masonry with care in a manner to prevent damage to any adjacent remaining materials. B. Support structure as necessary in advance of cutting out units. C. Cut away loose or unsound adjoining masonry and mortar to provide firm and solid bearing for new work. D. Build in new units following procedures for new work specified in other section(s). E. Mortar Mix: Colored and proportioned to match existing work. F. Ensure that anchors are correctly located and built in. G. Install built in masonry work to match and align with existing, with joints and coursing true and level, faces plumb and in line. Build in all openings, accessories and fittings. Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 0100 - Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 3.05 REPOINTING A. Perform repointing prior to cleaning masonry surfaces. B. Cut out loose or disintegrated mortar in joints to minimum 1 inch depth or until :,ound mortar is reached. C. Use power tools only after test cuts determine no damage to masonry units will result. D. Do not damage masonry units. E. When cutting is complete, remove dust and loose material by brushing and blowing with high pressure air. F. Premoisten joint and apply mortar. Pack tightly in maximum 1/4 inch layers. Form a smooth, compact concave joint to match existing. G. Follow manufacture's repointing guidelines and instructions. 3.06 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A. Install with in strict accordance with manufacture's installation instructions. See attached product cut sheets. 3.07 CLEANING EXISTING MASONRY A. Cleaning Detergent: Brush clean masonry surfaces at indicated locations with cleaning agent in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Saturate masonry with cleai water and flush loose mortar and dirt. 3.08 CLEANING NEW MASONRY A. Verify mortar is fully set and cured. B. Clean surfaces and remove large particles with wood scrapers, brass or nylon wire brushes. 3.09 RESTORATION CLEANING A. Clean surfaces and remove large particles with wood scrapers or non-ferrous veire brush. B. Provide a second application if required to match mock-up area. C. Allow sufficient time for solution to remain on masonry and agitate with soft fibe• brush or sponge. o D. Rinse from the bottom up with potable water applied at 400 psi and at a rate of 4 gal/min. 3.10 AGING to A. Rub in new masonry work to match, as close as possible, adjacent original work.. 1. Use carbon black in small amounts, rubbing in well with burlap rags. B. After each application, dust off surplus and wash down with low pressure hose. Allow surface to dry before proceeding with succeeding applications. C. Continue process until acceptance. 3.11 CLEANING A. Immediately remove stains, efflorescence, or other excess resulting from the wirk of this section. B. Remove excess mortar, smears, and droppings as work proceeds and upon completion. C. Clean surrounding surfaces. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 0100 - Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair L L L L L L 0 I L L L L Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 0100 - Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 04 0511 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mortar for masonry. B. Grout for masonry. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Installation of mortar and grout. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 530/530.1/ERTA- Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries; 2011. B. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2015. C. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2014a. D. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry; 2010. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Include design mix and indicate whether the Proportion or Property specification of ASTM C270 is to be used. Also include required environmental conditions and admixture limitations. C. Samples: Submit two samples of mortar, illustrating mortar color and color range. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA, except where exceeded by requirements of the N contract documents. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold and Hot Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT APPLICATIONS A. Use only factory premixed packaged dry materials for mortar and grout, with acdition of water only at project site. B. Mortar Mix Designs: ASTM C270, Property Specification. C. Grout Mix Designs: 1. Bond Beams and Lintels: 2000 psi strength at 28 days; 8-11 inches slump; mix in accordance with ASTM C476. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Preblended and prepackaged Dry Mortar and Grout: ASTM C 270, Type Indicated. 1. Masonry above grade: Type S. 2. Product: Provide packaged dry pre-blended mortar and grout products by Spec Mix or approved equivalent. 3. Color: Natural gray except as follows: a. Exposed locations in finished areas, interior and exterior, as selected by the Architect from the manufactures full range of color where not otherwise indicated. B. Water: Clean and potable. C. Bonding Agent: Latex type. Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 0511 - Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 2.03 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients using mechanical batch mixer, in accordance with ASTM C270 and in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. C. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper only within two hours of mixing. D. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 90 degrees F, or two-and-one-half hours at temperatures under 40 degrees F. 2.04 GROUT MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M. B. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476 for fine and coarse grout. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Apply bonding agent to existing cementitious surfaces. B. Plug clean-out holes for grouted masonry with block masonry units. Brace masonry to resist wet grout pressure. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of section(s) in which masonry is specified. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not install grout in lifts greater than 16 inches without consolidating grout by rodding. D. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. E. Remove excess mortar from grout spaces. 3.03 GROUTING A. Use either high-lift or low-lift grouting techniques, at Contractor's option, subject to other limitations of contract documents. 6` B. Low-Lift Grouting: 1. Limit height of pours to 4 feet 8 inches. 2. Limit height of masonry to 16 inches above each pour. 3. Pour grout only after vertical reinforcing is in place; place horizontal reinforcing as grout is poured. Prevent displacement of bars as grout is poured. 4. Place grout for each pour continuously and consolidate immediately; do not interrupt pours for more than 1-1/2 hours. C. High-Lift Grouting: 1. Verify that horizontal and vertical reinforcement is in proper position and adequately secured before beginning pours. 2. Hollow Masonry: Limit lifts to maximum 4 feet 8 inches and pours to maximum height of 8 feet. 3. Place grout for spanning elements in single, continuous pour. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field tests, in accordance with provisions of Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 0511 - Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 04 2000 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete block. B. Common brick. C. Reinforcement and anchorage. D. Flashings. E. Accessories. 1. Multicomponent Cavity Wall Drainage System. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04 0511 - Mortar and Masonry Grout. B. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Loose steel lintels. C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing control and expansion joints. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. B. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2016. C. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. D. ASTM C67/C67M - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile; 2018. 0,1 E. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2014. Q F. ASTM C129 - Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry Ur kts; 2011. G. ASTM C216 - Standard Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Mace From Clay or — Shale); 2017a. , H. BIA Technical Notes No. 7 -Water Penetration Resistance— Design and Detail ng; 2005. I. BIA Techical Notes No. 28B - Brick Veneer/Steel Stud Walls; 2005. J. BIA Technical Notes No. 46 - Maintenance of Brick Masonry; 2005. K. TMS 402/602 - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures; 2016. L. IMIAWC (CW) - Recommended Practices & Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction; International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; 1993. M. IMIAWC (HW) - Recommended Practices & Guide Specifications for Hot Weather Masonry Construction; International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council; current edition. N. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, rr ortar, masonry accessories, and flashing and related components. C. Samples: Submit four samples of decorative block and facing brick units to illustrate color, texture, and extremes of color range. D. Samples: Submit one sample of each accessory related to masonry and grout. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA, except where exceeded by requirements of the contract documents. Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 2000 - Page 1 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage and contamination by other materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 by 8 inches and nominal depths as indicated on drawings for specific locations. 2. Load-Bearing Units: ASTM C90, normal weight. a. Hollow block. 3. Non-Loadbearing Units: ASTM C129. a. Hollow block. 4. Standard Face Units: Manufacturer's standard color and texture unless noted otherwise; suitable for specified finish where applicable. 2.02 BRICK UNITS A. Facing Brick: ASTM C216, Type FBS Smooth, Grade SW. 1. Color and texture: Match Existing. 2. Nominal size: Match Existing. 3. Special shapes: Molded units as required by conditions indicated, unless standard units can be sawn to produce equivalent effect. 4. Compressive strength: As indicated on drawings, measured in accordance with ASTM C67/C67M. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Manufacturers: 1. Blok-Lok Limited: www.blok-lok.com/#sle. 2. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc: www.h-b.com/#sle. 3. Heckmann Building Products, Inc: www.heckmannbuildingprods.com. 4. WIRE-BOND: www.wirebond.com/#sle. B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi), deformed billet bars; uncoated. C. Masonry Veneer Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonry veneer and structural backup, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. 1. Anchor plates: Not less than 0.075 inch thick, designed for fastening to structural backup through sheathing by two fasteners. 2. Wire ties: Manufacturer's standard shape, 0.1875 inch thick. 3. Vertical adjustment: Not less than 3-1/2 inches. 2.04 FLASHINGS A. Pre-Coated Galvanized Steel Flashing: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating, 24 gage, 0.0239 inch base metal thickness, shop precoated with fluoropolymer coating in color matching masonry. 1. Termination Bar: Stainless steel termination Bars, 1 inch wide, .075 inch thick, 8 feet long with holes at 8 inch on center. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Preformed Control Joints: Rubber material. Provide with corner and tee accessories, fused joints. 1. Manufacturers: a. Blok-Lok Limited: www.blok-lok.com/#sle. b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc: www.h-b.com/sle. c. WIRE-BOND: www.wirebond.com/#sle. B. Multicomponent Cavity Wall Drainage System: Combination mortar diverter, flashing and weep system. 1. Membrane Type: Thermoplastic vinyl. 2. Drip Edge: Galvanized steel with factory applied, high-performance organic coating. 3. Drip Edge Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's full custom range. Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 2000 - Page 2 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 4. Termination Bar: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 5. System Unit Length: 5 feet, 6 inches. 6. Corners: Preformed. 7. Manufacturers: a. Mortar Net Solutions: www.mortarnet.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. C. Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied for installation uncle'other sections. B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.03 COLD AND HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever is more stringent. 3.04 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. (7) C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Running. 2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 3. Mortar Joints: Concave. ' Q D. Brick Units: 1. Bond: Running. 2. Coursing: Three units and three mortar joints to equal 8 inches. 3. Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.05 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work. B. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. C. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted. D. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. E. Interlock intersections and external corners. F. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. G. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, c ean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. H. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint. 3.06 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE- GENERAL A. Place masonry joint reinforcement as indicated on the drawings. 3.07 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted. Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 2000- Page 3 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 1. Extend flashings full width at such interruptions and at least 6 inches, minimum, into adjacent masonry or turn up flashing ends at least 8 inches, minimum, to form watertight pan at non-masonry construction. 2. Remove or cover protrusions or sharp edges that could puncture flashings. 3. Seal lapped ends and penetrations of flashing before covering with mortar. B. Extend metal flashings through exterior face of masonry and turn down 1/4 inch to form drip. Install joint sealer below drip edge to prevent moisture migration under flashing. C. Lap end joints of flashings at least 6 inches, minimum, and seal watertight with flashing sealant/adhesive. D. Install Multicomponent Cavity Wall Drainage System and Flashings in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 3.08 LINTELS A. Install loose steel lintels over openings. B. Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening. 3.09 GROUTED COMPONENTS A. Lap splices minimum 48 bar diameters. B. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. C. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. D. At bearing locations, fill masonry cores with grout for a minimum 8 inches either side of opening. 3.10 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control or expansion joints. B. Install preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Size control joint in accordance with Section 07 9200 for sealant performance. 3.11 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, install built-in items shown on the drawings and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections. B. Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line. L C. Do not build into masonry construction organic materials that are subject to deterioration. 3.12 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more. C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more, D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. E. Maximum Variation of Mortar Joint Thickness: Head joint, minus 1/4 inch, plus 3/8 inch. F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch. 3.13 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000- Quality Requirements. 3.15 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar droppings. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 2000- Page 4 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. 1. Soiled surfaces shall include all surfaces left exposed to view. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.16 PROTECTION A. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that are subject to damage by construction activities. END OF SECTION m 0 0 — o w w 0 Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 2000- Page 5 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair L L , L . L L L , C) I L Project No. 19-23187 Section 04 2000- Page 6 of 6 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting: Paint finish. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2014. B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. C. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaced Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2014. D. ASTM A 992/A 992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 200Ea. E. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; 2012. F. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2015. G. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer; 1999 (Ed. 2004). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products, including VOC content. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, ,,nd details where applicable. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. indicate net weld lengths. 2. Indicate unit identification mark and location for each unique item. LU PART 2 PRODUCTS uU 2.01 MATERIALS -STEEL A. Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A 992/A 992M. B. Steel Sections, Angles, and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, Grade A, galvanized to ASTM A153/A'53M where connecting galvanized components. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded E. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations oi authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Mark each item with its identification mark. Use a non-permanent method at unts that will remain exposed; welding is not acceptable, it shall be ground smooth, filled, anc primed by the supplier at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. Project No. 19-23187 Section 05 50C)0- Page 1 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 2.03 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Lintels and Ledge Angles: As detailed; prime paint finish. B. Other items indicated on the drawings. 2.04 FINISHES - STEEL A. Prime paint steel items. 2.05 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1/16 inch. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. 2.06 CONCRETE ANCHORING SYSTEMS A. Approved Manufacturers/Products: 1. Red Head: www.itwredhead.com. 2. HILT!: www.us.hilti.com. 3. Simpson Strong-Tie: www.us.hilti.com. 4. USP: www.uspconnectors.com. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. D. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 05 5000- Page 2 of 2 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. B. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2013. C. ASTM C1330 - Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants; 2002 (Reapproved 2013). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes the following. 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2, List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. C. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used, including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools. D. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufa.;turer's color C cards showing standard colors available for selection. 0 E. Samples for Verification: Where custom sealant color is specified, obtain direct,ons from 7 Architect and submit at least two physical samples for verification of color of each required sealant. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in ' this section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience and approved by manufacturer. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Base Manufacturer: Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 2. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 3. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 4. PSI, Polymeric Systems, Inc.: www.polymericsystems.com. 5. Red Devil: www.reddevil.com. 6. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com. 7. Manus Products, Inc.: www.manus.net. Project No. 19-23187 Section 07 9200- Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair 8. Sika Corporation US: usa.sika.com. 9. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.02 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS A. Scope: 1. Exterior Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on drawings, unless specifically indicated not to be sealed. Exterior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to, the following items. a. Wall expansion and control joints. b. Joints between door, window, and other frames and adjacent construction. c. Joints between different exposed materials. d. Openings below ledge angles in masonry. e. Other joints indicated below. 2. Do not seal the following types of joints. a. Intentional weepholes in masonry. b. Joints indicated to be treated with manufactured expansion joint cover or some other type of sealing device. c. Joints where sealant is specified to be provided by manufacturer of product to be sealed. d. Joints where installation of sealant is specified in another section. e. Joints between suspended panel ceilings/grid and walls. 2.03 JOINT SEALANTS - GENERAL A. Colors: Color shall be selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range unless specifically indicated to be a specific color. _ 2.04 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS A. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multicomponent; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 2. Products: a. Dymeric 240 FC or Dymonic FC manufactured by Tremco Commercial Sealants. b. Sonolastic NP1 or NP2 manufactured by BASF Construction Chemicals-Building =� Systems. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. 1. Type for Joints Not Subject to Pedestrian or Vehicular Traffic: ASTM C1330; Type B- Bi-Cellular Polyethylene. 2. Type for Joints Subject to Pedestrian or Vehicular Traffic: ASTM C1330; Type C- Closed Cell Polyethylene. 3. Closed Cell and Bi-Cellular: 25 to 33 percent larger in diameter than joint width. B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application. C. Masking Tape: Self-adhesive, nonabsorbent, non-staining, removable without adhesive residue, and compatible with surfaces adjacent to joints and sealants. D. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, type recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. E. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non-staining. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work. B. Verify that backing materials are compatible with sealants. Project No. 19-23187 Section 07 9200 - Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be completely removable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except vhere specific dimensions are indicated. D. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. F. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer's recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are followed. G. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after tooling sealant surface. H. Concrete Floor Joint Filler: After full cure, shave joint filler flush with top of corm rete slab. LN 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. 0 END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 07 9200 - Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair LI L L L , L L I L , Ir. Sim L ' ti Project No. 19-23187 Section 07 9200- Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair SECTION 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. B. Field application of paints. C. Scope: Finish exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated, including the following: 1. Exposed surfaces of primed and unprimed metal items unless specifically indicated to not be painted. 2. Mechanical and Electrical: a. Shop-primed items. b. Paint metals that are not resistant to corrosion. D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products laving factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of equipment. 5. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 6. Glass. 7. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS o - Q A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. B. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2014. D C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Mar ual; Current Edition, www.paintinfo.com. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel"). 2. MPI product number(e.g. MPI #47). 3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 5. If proposal of substitutions is allowed under submittal procedures, explanation of substitutions proposed. C. Samples: Submit three paper"draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified. 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. 2. Where sheen is not specified, discuss sheen options with Architect before preparing samples, to eliminate sheens definitely not required. 3. Allow 15 days for approval process, after receipt of complete samples by Architect. 4. Paint color submittals will not be considered until color submittals for major materials not to be painted, such as factory finished items, have been approved. Project No. 19-23187 Section 09 9113 - Page 1 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair D. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6000- Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Do not provide or leave extra paint materials for the Owner. 3. Do provide product info, color names, and installation locations for all products and colors. Information shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum five years documented experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent possible. 1. In the event that a single manufacturer cannot provide specified products, minor exceptions will be permitted provided approval by Architect is obtained using the specified procedures for substitutions. B. Paints: Q 1. Base Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams: www.sherwin-williams.com. C. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: Submit product information for each line of paint for . Architect's approval. Substitutions of Base Manufacturer's products may not be accepted during the shop drawing process. 1. Behr Process Corporation: www.behr.com/#sle. L 2. Benjamin Moore &Co: www.benjaminmoore.com. 3. Diamond Vogel Paints: www.diamondvogel.com/#sle. 4. Glidden Professional, a product of PPG Architectural Coatings: www.gliddenprofessional.com. _. 5. PPG Paints: www.ppgpaints.com/#sle. 6. Pratt& Lambert Paints: www.prattandlambert.com/#sle. 7. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle. 8. Valspar Corporation: www.valsparpaint.com/#sle. 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES- GENERAL A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field-catalyzed paint. 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. a. Spayed finish; is preferred on all metal surfaces. 2. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 3. Provide commercial grade paint systems by approved paint manufacturer for substrates not specifically covered under paint systems. Project No. 19-23187 Section 09 9113- Page 2 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair a. Consult with Architect/Engineer/Designer for approval of additional products and systems. Provide quantifiable product information. 4. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production run. 5. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. B. Primers: Where the manufacturer offers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as "best" by the manufacturer. C. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide paints and finishes that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Sheens: Provide the sheens specified; where sheen is not specified, sheen wil be selected later by Architect from the manufacturer's full line. E. Colors: As indicated on drawings. 1. Where indicated or scheduled colors do not match the paint product lines :ndicated below it is anticipated that colors will be color matched; product lines below are intended to set a level of standard for the product lines used for each application. 2. Locations Not Indicated: Selection to be made by Architect after award of contract. 3. Extend colors to surface edges; colors may change at any edge as directed by Architect. F. Coats: The number of coats specified, are based on manufacturer's recommendations. Provide for additional coats, as necessary, for complete coverage and true color. Additional coats due to a lack of coverage shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. No exceptions. G. Coverage: Do not stretch products beyond their recommended coverage rate ror install fewer coats than specified regardless of appearance after previous coats are applied. Thin product application may show surface imperfections or inconsistencies that would otherwise not be visible. Additional coats due to a lack of proper coverage shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. No exceptions. u) v; 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR A. Paint Product: Pro Industrial Acrylic 1. Primer: Prime and/or touch up where already primed with top coat manufacturers recommended products. 2. Number of Paint Coats Over Primer: Two. 3. Types of Substrates: a. Steel. 4. Sheen: As scheduled on the drawings. 5. Location Types: a. Steel. b. Other metals unless noted otherwise. 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. B. Patching Material: Latex filler. C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin application of paints and finishes until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. Project No. 19-23187 Section 09 9113- Page 3 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. D. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. E. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing. D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual". C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer. E. Painting shall be free from paint runs; no exceptions. F. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. G. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 3.04 CLEANING A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes until completion of project. B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Project No. 19-23187 Section 09 9113 - Page 4 of 4 5 Sullivan Brothers Convention Center- Lintel Repair